MyDugsiStart learning

Juz 15: read word by word, with audio

Juz 15 of 30 · begins with سُبْحَـٰنَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَسْرَىٰ بِعَبْدِهِۦ · 185 verses

It covers Surah Al-Isra verses 1–111 and Surah Al-Kahf verses 1–74. Read it verse by verse: the Arabic, a recitation you can repeat, the transliteration and English translation, then the meaning of every word.

Jump to: Al-Isra 1 · Al-Kahf 1

Surah Al-Isra الإسراء verses 1–111

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

سُبْحَـٰنَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَسْرَىٰ بِعَبْدِهِۦ لَيْلًا مِّنَ ٱلْمَسْجِدِ ٱلْحَرَامِ إِلَى ٱلْمَسْجِدِ ٱلْأَقْصَا ٱلَّذِى بَـٰرَكْنَا حَوْلَهُۥ لِنُرِيَهُۥ مِنْ ءَايَـٰتِنَآ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ هُوَ ٱلسَّمِيعُ ٱلْبَصِيرُ

Transliteration sub'ḥāna alladhī asrā biʿabdihi laylan mina l-masjidi l-ḥarāmi ilā l-masjidi l-aqṣā alladhī bāraknā ḥawlahu linuriyahu min āyātinā innahu huwa l-samīʿu l-baṣīru

English Exalted is He who took His Servant [i.e., Prophet Muḥammad (ﷺ)] by night from al-Masjid al-Ḥarām to al-Masjid al-Aqṣā, whose surroundings We have blessed, to show him of Our signs. Indeed, He is the Hearing, the Seeing.

  1. سُبْحَـٰنَsub'ḥānaExalted
  2. ٱلَّذِىٓalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. أَسْرَىٰasrātook
  4. بِعَبْدِهِۦbiʿabdihiHis servant
  5. لَيْلًۭاlaylan(by) night
  6. مِّنَminafrom
  7. ٱلْمَسْجِدِl-masjidiAl-Masjid Al-Haraam
  8. ٱلْحَرَامِl-ḥarāmiAl-Masjid Al-Haraam
  9. إِلَىilāto
  10. ٱلْمَسْجِدِl-masjidiAl-Masjid Al-Aqsa
  11. ٱلْأَقْصَاl-aqṣāAl-Masjid Al-Aqsa
  12. ٱلَّذِىalladhīwhich
  13. بَـٰرَكْنَاbāraknāWe blessed
  14. حَوْلَهُۥḥawlahuits surroundings
  15. لِنُرِيَهُۥlinuriyahuthat We may show him
  16. مِنْminof
  17. ءَايَـٰتِنَآ ۚāyātināOur Signs
  18. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed He
  19. هُوَhuwaHe
  20. ٱلسَّمِيعُl-samīʿu(is) the All-Hearer
  21. ٱلْبَصِيرُl-baṣīruthe All-Seer

Verse 2

وَءَاتَيْنَا مُوسَى ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ وَجَعَلْنَـٰهُ هُدًى لِّبَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ أَلَّا تَتَّخِذُوا۟ مِن دُونِى وَكِيلًا

Transliteration waātaynā mūsā l-kitāba wajaʿalnāhu hudan libanī is'rāīla allā tattakhidhū min dūnī wakīlan

English And We gave Moses the Scripture and made it a guidance for the Children of Israel that you not take other than Me as Disposer of affairs,

  1. وَءَاتَيْنَاwaātaynāAnd We gave
  2. مُوسَىmūsāMusa
  3. ٱلْكِتَـٰبَl-kitābathe Book
  4. وَجَعَلْنَـٰهُwajaʿalnāhuand made it
  5. هُدًۭىhudana guidance
  6. لِّبَنِىٓlibanīfor the Children
  7. إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَis'rāīla(of) Israel
  8. أَلَّاallāThat not
  9. تَتَّخِذُوا۟tattakhidhūyou take
  10. مِنminother than Me
  11. دُونِىdūnīother than Me
  12. وَكِيلًۭاwakīlan(as) a Disposer of affairs

Verse 3

ذُرِّيَّةَ مَنْ حَمَلْنَا مَعَ نُوحٍ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ عَبْدًا شَكُورًا

Transliteration dhurriyyata man ḥamalnā maʿa nūḥin innahu kāna ʿabdan shakūran

English O descendants of those We carried [in the ship] with Noah. Indeed, he was a grateful servant.

  1. ذُرِّيَّةَdhurriyyataOffsprings
  2. مَنْman(of one) who
  3. حَمَلْنَاḥamalnāWe carried
  4. مَعَmaʿawith
  5. نُوحٍ ۚnūḥinNuh
  6. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he
  7. كَانَkānawas
  8. عَبْدًۭاʿabdana servant
  9. شَكُورًۭاshakūrangrateful

Verse 4

وَقَضَيْنَآ إِلَىٰ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ فِى ٱلْكِتَـٰبِ لَتُفْسِدُنَّ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ مَرَّتَيْنِ وَلَتَعْلُنَّ عُلُوًّا كَبِيرًا

Transliteration waqaḍaynā ilā banī is'rāīla fī l-kitābi latuf'sidunna fī l-arḍi marratayni walataʿlunna ʿuluwwan kabīran

English And We conveyed to the Children of Israel in the Scripture that, "You will surely cause corruption on the earth twice, and you will surely reach [a degree of] great haughtiness."

  1. وَقَضَيْنَآwaqaḍaynāAnd We decreed
  2. إِلَىٰilāfor
  3. بَنِىٓbanī(the) Children
  4. إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَis'rāīla(of) Israel
  5. فِىfīin
  6. ٱلْكِتَـٰبِl-kitābithe Book
  7. لَتُفْسِدُنَّlatuf'sidunnaSurely you will cause corruption
  8. فِىfīin
  9. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  10. مَرَّتَيْنِmarrataynitwice
  11. وَلَتَعْلُنَّwalataʿlunnaand surely you will reach
  12. عُلُوًّۭاʿuluwwanhaughtiness
  13. كَبِيرًۭاkabīrangreat

Verse 5

فَإِذَا جَآءَ وَعْدُ أُولَىٰهُمَا بَعَثْنَا عَلَيْكُمْ عِبَادًا لَّنَآ أُو۟لِى بَأْسٍ شَدِيدٍ فَجَاسُوا۟ خِلَـٰلَ ٱلدِّيَارِ ۚ وَكَانَ وَعْدًا مَّفْعُولًا

Transliteration fa-idhā jāa waʿdu ūlāhumā baʿathnā ʿalaykum ʿibādan lanā ulī basin shadīdin fajāsū khilāla l-diyāri wakāna waʿdan mafʿūlan

English So when the [time of] promise came for the first of them, We sent against you servants of Ours - those of great military might, and they probed [even] into the homes, and it was a promise fulfilled.

  1. فَإِذَاfa-idhāSo when
  2. جَآءَjāacame
  3. وَعْدُwaʿdu(the) promise
  4. أُولَىٰهُمَاūlāhumā(for) the first of the two
  5. بَعَثْنَاbaʿathnāWe raised
  6. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumagainst you
  7. عِبَادًۭاʿibādanservants
  8. لَّنَآlanāof Ours
  9. أُو۟لِىulīthose of great military might
  10. بَأْسٍۢbasinthose of great military might
  11. شَدِيدٍۢshadīdinthose of great military might
  12. فَجَاسُوا۟fajāsūand they entered
  13. خِلَـٰلَkhilālathe inner most part
  14. ٱلدِّيَارِ ۚl-diyāri(of) the homes
  15. وَكَانَwakānaand (it) was
  16. وَعْدًۭاwaʿdana promise
  17. مَّفْعُولًۭاmafʿūlanfulfilled

Verse 6

ثُمَّ رَدَدْنَا لَكُمُ ٱلْكَرَّةَ عَلَيْهِمْ وَأَمْدَدْنَـٰكُم بِأَمْوَٰلٍ وَبَنِينَ وَجَعَلْنَـٰكُمْ أَكْثَرَ نَفِيرًا

Transliteration thumma radadnā lakumu l-karata ʿalayhim wa-amdadnākum bi-amwālin wabanīna wajaʿalnākum akthara nafīran

English Then We gave back to you a return victory over them. And We reinforced you with wealth and sons and made you more numerous in manpower.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. رَدَدْنَاradadnāWe gave back
  3. لَكُمُlakumuto you
  4. ٱلْكَرَّةَl-karatathe return victory
  5. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimover them
  6. وَأَمْدَدْنَـٰكُمwa-amdadnākumAnd We reinforced you
  7. بِأَمْوَٰلٍۢbi-amwālinwith the wealth
  8. وَبَنِينَwabanīnaand sons
  9. وَجَعَلْنَـٰكُمْwajaʿalnākumand made you
  10. أَكْثَرَaktharamore
  11. نَفِيرًاnafīrannumerous

Verse 7

إِنْ أَحْسَنتُمْ أَحْسَنتُمْ لِأَنفُسِكُمْ ۖ وَإِنْ أَسَأْتُمْ فَلَهَا ۚ فَإِذَا جَآءَ وَعْدُ ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ لِيَسُـۥٓـُٔوا۟ وُجُوهَكُمْ وَلِيَدْخُلُوا۟ ٱلْمَسْجِدَ كَمَا دَخَلُوهُ أَوَّلَ مَرَّةٍ وَلِيُتَبِّرُوا۟ مَا عَلَوْا۟ تَتْبِيرًا

Transliteration in aḥsantum aḥsantum li-anfusikum wa-in asatum falahā fa-idhā jāa waʿdu l-ākhirati liyasūū wujūhakum waliyadkhulū l-masjida kamā dakhalūhu awwala marratin waliyutabbirū mā ʿalaw tatbīran

English [And said], "If you do good, you do good for yourselves; and if you do evil, [you do it] to them [i.e., yourselves]." Then when the final [i.e., second] promise came, [We sent your enemies] to sadden your faces and to enter the masjid [i.e., the temple in Jerusalem], as they entered it the first time, and to destroy what they had taken over with [total] destruction.

  1. إِنْinIf
  2. أَحْسَنتُمْaḥsantumyou do good
  3. أَحْسَنتُمْaḥsantumyou do good
  4. لِأَنفُسِكُمْ ۖli-anfusikumfor yourselves
  5. وَإِنْwa-inand if
  6. أَسَأْتُمْasatumyou do evil
  7. فَلَهَا ۚfalahāthen it is for it
  8. فَإِذَاfa-idhāSo when
  9. جَآءَjāacame
  10. وَعْدُwaʿdupromise
  11. ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِl-ākhiratithe last
  12. لِيَسُـۥٓـُٔوا۟liyasūūto sadden
  13. وُجُوهَكُمْwujūhakumyour faces
  14. وَلِيَدْخُلُوا۟waliyadkhulūand to enter
  15. ٱلْمَسْجِدَl-masjidathe Masjid
  16. كَمَاkamājust as
  17. دَخَلُوهُdakhalūhuthey (had) entered it
  18. أَوَّلَawwalafirst
  19. مَرَّةٍۢmarratintime
  20. وَلِيُتَبِّرُوا۟waliyutabbirūand to destroy
  21. مَاmāwhat
  22. عَلَوْا۟ʿalawthey had conquered
  23. تَتْبِيرًاtatbīran(with) destruction

Verse 8

عَسَىٰ رَبُّكُمْ أَن يَرْحَمَكُمْ ۚ وَإِنْ عُدتُّمْ عُدْنَا ۘ وَجَعَلْنَا جَهَنَّمَ لِلْكَـٰفِرِينَ حَصِيرًا

Transliteration ʿasā rabbukum an yarḥamakum wa-in ʿudttum ʿud'nā wajaʿalnā jahannama lil'kāfirīna ḥaṣīran

English [Then Allāh said], "It is expected, [if you repent], that your Lord will have mercy upon you. But if you return [to sin], We will return [to punishment]. And We have made Hell, for the disbelievers, a prison-bed."

  1. عَسَىٰʿasā(It) may be
  2. رَبُّكُمْrabbukumthat your Lord
  3. أَنanthat your Lord
  4. يَرْحَمَكُمْ ۚyarḥamakum(may) have mercy upon you
  5. وَإِنْwa-inBut if
  6. عُدتُّمْʿudttumyou return
  7. عُدْنَا ۘʿud'nāWe will return
  8. وَجَعَلْنَاwajaʿalnāAnd We have made
  9. جَهَنَّمَjahannamaHell
  10. لِلْكَـٰفِرِينَlil'kāfirīnafor the disbelievers
  11. حَصِيرًاḥaṣīrana prison-bed

Verse 9

إِنَّ هَـٰذَا ٱلْقُرْءَانَ يَهْدِى لِلَّتِى هِىَ أَقْوَمُ وَيُبَشِّرُ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ ٱلَّذِينَ يَعْمَلُونَ ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِ أَنَّ لَهُمْ أَجْرًا كَبِيرًا

Transliteration inna hādhā l-qur'āna yahdī lillatī hiya aqwamu wayubashiru l-mu'minīna alladhīna yaʿmalūna l-ṣāliḥāti anna lahum ajran kabīran

English Indeed, this Qur’ān guides to that which is most suitable and gives good tidings to the believers who do righteous deeds that they will have a great reward

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  3. ٱلْقُرْءَانَl-qur'ānathe Quran
  4. يَهْدِىyahdīguides
  5. لِلَّتِىlillatīto that
  6. هِىَhiyawhich
  7. أَقْوَمُaqwamu(is) most straight
  8. وَيُبَشِّرُwayubashiruand gives glad tidings
  9. ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَl-mu'minīnato the believers
  10. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  11. يَعْمَلُونَyaʿmalūnado
  12. ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِl-ṣāliḥātithe righteous deeds
  13. أَنَّannathat
  14. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  15. أَجْرًۭاajran(is) a reward
  16. كَبِيرًۭاkabīrangreat

Verse 10

وَأَنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ أَعْتَدْنَا لَهُمْ عَذَابًا أَلِيمًا

Transliteration wa-anna alladhīna lā yu'minūna bil-ākhirati aʿtadnā lahum ʿadhāban alīman

English And that those who do not believe in the Hereafter - We have prepared for them a painful punishment.

  1. وَأَنَّwa-annaAnd that
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. لَاlā(do) not
  4. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnabelieve
  5. بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِbil-ākhiratiin the Hereafter
  6. أَعْتَدْنَاaʿtadnāWe have prepared
  7. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  8. عَذَابًاʿadhābana punishment
  9. أَلِيمًۭاalīmanpainful

Verse 11

وَيَدْعُ ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُ بِٱلشَّرِّ دُعَآءَهُۥ بِٱلْخَيْرِ ۖ وَكَانَ ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُ عَجُولًا

Transliteration wayadʿu l-insānu bil-shari duʿāahu bil-khayri wakāna l-insānu ʿajūlan

English And man supplicates for evil [when angry] as he supplicates for good, and man is ever hasty.

  1. وَيَدْعُwayadʿuAnd prays
  2. ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُl-insānuthe man
  3. بِٱلشَّرِّbil-sharifor evil
  4. دُعَآءَهُۥduʿāahu(as) he prays
  5. بِٱلْخَيْرِ ۖbil-khayrifor the good
  6. وَكَانَwakānaAnd is
  7. ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُl-insānuthe man
  8. عَجُولًۭاʿajūlanever hasty

Verse 12

وَجَعَلْنَا ٱلَّيْلَ وَٱلنَّهَارَ ءَايَتَيْنِ ۖ فَمَحَوْنَآ ءَايَةَ ٱلَّيْلِ وَجَعَلْنَآ ءَايَةَ ٱلنَّهَارِ مُبْصِرَةً لِّتَبْتَغُوا۟ فَضْلًا مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ وَلِتَعْلَمُوا۟ عَدَدَ ٱلسِّنِينَ وَٱلْحِسَابَ ۚ وَكُلَّ شَىْءٍ فَصَّلْنَـٰهُ تَفْصِيلًا

Transliteration wajaʿalnā al-layla wal-nahāra āyatayni famaḥawnā āyata al-layli wajaʿalnā āyata l-nahāri mub'ṣiratan litabtaghū faḍlan min rabbikum walitaʿlamū ʿadada l-sinīna wal-ḥisāba wakulla shayin faṣṣalnāhu tafṣīlan

English And We have made the night and day two signs, and We erased the sign of the night and made the sign of the day visible that you may seek bounty from your Lord and may know the number of years and the account [of time]. And everything We have set out in detail.

  1. وَجَعَلْنَاwajaʿalnāAnd We have made
  2. ٱلَّيْلَal-laylathe night
  3. وَٱلنَّهَارَwal-nahāraand the day
  4. ءَايَتَيْنِ ۖāyatayni(as) two signs
  5. فَمَحَوْنَآfamaḥawnāThen We erased
  6. ءَايَةَāyata(the) sign
  7. ٱلَّيْلِal-layli(of) the night
  8. وَجَعَلْنَآwajaʿalnāand We made
  9. ءَايَةَāyata(the) sign
  10. ٱلنَّهَارِl-nahāri(of) the day
  11. مُبْصِرَةًۭmub'ṣiratanvisible
  12. لِّتَبْتَغُوا۟litabtaghūthat you may seek
  13. فَضْلًۭاfaḍlanbounty
  14. مِّنminfrom
  15. رَّبِّكُمْrabbikumyour Lord
  16. وَلِتَعْلَمُوا۟walitaʿlamūand that you may know
  17. عَدَدَʿadada(the) number
  18. ٱلسِّنِينَl-sinīna(of) the years
  19. وَٱلْحِسَابَ ۚwal-ḥisābaand the account
  20. وَكُلَّwakullaAnd every
  21. شَىْءٍۢshayinthing
  22. فَصَّلْنَـٰهُfaṣṣalnāhuWe have explained it
  23. تَفْصِيلًۭاtafṣīlan(in) detail

Verse 13

وَكُلَّ إِنسَـٰنٍ أَلْزَمْنَـٰهُ طَـٰٓئِرَهُۥ فِى عُنُقِهِۦ ۖ وَنُخْرِجُ لَهُۥ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ كِتَـٰبًا يَلْقَىٰهُ مَنشُورًا

Transliteration wakulla insānin alzamnāhu ṭāirahu fī ʿunuqihi wanukh'riju lahu yawma l-qiyāmati kitāban yalqāhu manshūran

English And [for] every person We have imposed his fate upon his neck, and We will produce for him on the Day of Resurrection a record which he will encounter spread open.

  1. وَكُلَّwakullaAnd (for) every
  2. إِنسَـٰنٍinsāninman
  3. أَلْزَمْنَـٰهُalzamnāhuWe have fastened to him
  4. طَـٰٓئِرَهُۥṭāirahuhis fate
  5. فِىfīin
  6. عُنُقِهِۦ ۖʿunuqihihis neck
  7. وَنُخْرِجُwanukh'rijuand We will bring forth
  8. لَهُۥlahufor him
  9. يَوْمَyawma(on the) Day
  10. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِl-qiyāmati(of) the Resurrection
  11. كِتَـٰبًۭاkitābana record
  12. يَلْقَىٰهُyalqāhuwhich he will find
  13. مَنشُورًاmanshūranwide open

Verse 14

ٱقْرَأْ كِتَـٰبَكَ كَفَىٰ بِنَفْسِكَ ٱلْيَوْمَ عَلَيْكَ حَسِيبًا

Transliteration iq'ra kitābaka kafā binafsika l-yawma ʿalayka ḥasīban

English [It will be said], "Read your record. Sufficient is yourself against you this Day as accountant."

  1. ٱقْرَأْiq'raRead
  2. كِتَـٰبَكَkitābakayour record
  3. كَفَىٰkafāSufficient
  4. بِنَفْسِكَbinafsika(is) yourself
  5. ٱلْيَوْمَl-yawmatoday
  6. عَلَيْكَʿalaykaagainst you
  7. حَسِيبًۭاḥasīban(as) accountant

Verse 15

مَّنِ ٱهْتَدَىٰ فَإِنَّمَا يَهْتَدِى لِنَفْسِهِۦ ۖ وَمَن ضَلَّ فَإِنَّمَا يَضِلُّ عَلَيْهَا ۚ وَلَا تَزِرُ وَازِرَةٌ وِزْرَ أُخْرَىٰ ۗ وَمَا كُنَّا مُعَذِّبِينَ حَتَّىٰ نَبْعَثَ رَسُولًا

Transliteration mani ih'tadā fa-innamā yahtadī linafsihi waman ḍalla fa-innamā yaḍillu ʿalayhā walā taziru wāziratun wiz'ra ukh'rā wamā kunnā muʿadhibīna ḥattā nabʿatha rasūlan

English Whoever is guided is only guided for [the benefit of] his soul. And whoever errs only errs against it. And no bearer of burdens will bear the burden of another. And never would We punish until We sent a messenger.

  1. مَّنِmaniWhoever
  2. ٱهْتَدَىٰih'tadā(is) guided
  3. فَإِنَّمَاfa-innamāthen only
  4. يَهْتَدِىyahtadīhe is guided
  5. لِنَفْسِهِۦ ۖlinafsihifor his soul
  6. وَمَنwamanAnd whoever
  7. ضَلَّḍallagoes astray
  8. فَإِنَّمَاfa-innamāthen only
  9. يَضِلُّyaḍilluhe goes astray
  10. عَلَيْهَا ۚʿalayhāagainst it
  11. وَلَاwalāAnd not
  12. تَزِرُtaziruwill bear
  13. وَازِرَةٌۭwāziratuna bearer of burden
  14. وِزْرَwiz'raburden
  15. أُخْرَىٰ ۗukh'rā(of) another
  16. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  17. كُنَّاkunnāWe
  18. مُعَذِّبِينَmuʿadhibīnaare to punish
  19. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  20. نَبْعَثَnabʿathaWe have sent
  21. رَسُولًۭاrasūlana Messenger

Verse 16

وَإِذَآ أَرَدْنَآ أَن نُّهْلِكَ قَرْيَةً أَمَرْنَا مُتْرَفِيهَا فَفَسَقُوا۟ فِيهَا فَحَقَّ عَلَيْهَا ٱلْقَوْلُ فَدَمَّرْنَـٰهَا تَدْمِيرًا

Transliteration wa-idhā aradnā an nuh'lika qaryatan amarnā mut'rafīhā fafasaqū fīhā faḥaqqa ʿalayhā l-qawlu fadammarnāhā tadmīran

English And when We intend to destroy a city, We command its affluent but they defiantly disobey therein; so the word [i.e., deserved decree] comes into effect upon it, and We destroy it with [complete] destruction.

  1. وَإِذَآwa-idhāAnd when
  2. أَرَدْنَآaradnāWe intend
  3. أَنanthat
  4. نُّهْلِكَnuh'likaWe destroy
  5. قَرْيَةًqaryatana town
  6. أَمَرْنَاamarnāWe order
  7. مُتْرَفِيهَاmut'rafīhāits wealthy people
  8. فَفَسَقُوا۟fafasaqūbut they defiantly disobey
  9. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  10. فَحَقَّfaḥaqqaso (is) proved true
  11. عَلَيْهَاʿalayhāagainst it
  12. ٱلْقَوْلُl-qawluthe word
  13. فَدَمَّرْنَـٰهَاfadammarnāhāand We destroy it
  14. تَدْمِيرًۭاtadmīran(with) destruction

Verse 17

وَكَمْ أَهْلَكْنَا مِنَ ٱلْقُرُونِ مِنۢ بَعْدِ نُوحٍ ۗ وَكَفَىٰ بِرَبِّكَ بِذُنُوبِ عِبَادِهِۦ خَبِيرًۢا بَصِيرًا

Transliteration wakam ahlaknā mina l-qurūni min baʿdi nūḥin wakafā birabbika bidhunūbi ʿibādihi khabīran baṣīran

English And how many have We destroyed from the generations after Noah. And sufficient is your Lord, concerning the sins of His servants, as Aware and Seeing.

  1. وَكَمْwakamAnd how many
  2. أَهْلَكْنَاahlaknāWe destroyed
  3. مِنَminafrom
  4. ٱلْقُرُونِl-qurūnithe generations
  5. مِنۢminafter
  6. بَعْدِbaʿdiafter
  7. نُوحٍۢ ۗnūḥinNuh
  8. وَكَفَىٰwakafāAnd sufficient
  9. بِرَبِّكَbirabbika(is) your Lord
  10. بِذُنُوبِbidhunūbiconcerning the sins
  11. عِبَادِهِۦʿibādihi(of) His servants
  12. خَبِيرًۢاkhabīranAll-Aware
  13. بَصِيرًۭاbaṣīranAll-Seer

Verse 18

مَّن كَانَ يُرِيدُ ٱلْعَاجِلَةَ عَجَّلْنَا لَهُۥ فِيهَا مَا نَشَآءُ لِمَن نُّرِيدُ ثُمَّ جَعَلْنَا لَهُۥ جَهَنَّمَ يَصْلَىٰهَا مَذْمُومًا مَّدْحُورًا

Transliteration man kāna yurīdu l-ʿājilata ʿajjalnā lahu fīhā mā nashāu liman nurīdu thumma jaʿalnā lahu jahannama yaṣlāhā madhmūman madḥūran

English Whoever should desire the immediate - We hasten for him from it what We will to whom We intend. Then We have made for him Hell, which he will [enter to] burn, censured and banished.

  1. مَّنmanWhoever
  2. كَانَkānashould
  3. يُرِيدُyurīdudesire
  4. ٱلْعَاجِلَةَl-ʿājilatathe immediate
  5. عَجَّلْنَاʿajjalnāWe hasten
  6. لَهُۥlahufor him
  7. فِيهَاfīhāin it
  8. مَاmāwhat
  9. نَشَآءُnashāuWe will
  10. لِمَنlimanto whom
  11. نُّرِيدُnurīduWe intend
  12. ثُمَّthummaThen
  13. جَعَلْنَاjaʿalnāWe have made
  14. لَهُۥlahufor him
  15. جَهَنَّمَjahannamaHell
  16. يَصْلَىٰهَاyaṣlāhāhe will burn
  17. مَذْمُومًۭاmadhmūmandisgraced
  18. مَّدْحُورًۭاmadḥūranrejected

Verse 19

وَمَنْ أَرَادَ ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةَ وَسَعَىٰ لَهَا سَعْيَهَا وَهُوَ مُؤْمِنٌ فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ كَانَ سَعْيُهُم مَّشْكُورًا

Transliteration waman arāda l-ākhirata wasaʿā lahā saʿyahā wahuwa mu'minun fa-ulāika kāna saʿyuhum mashkūran

English But whoever desires the Hereafter and exerts the effort due to it while he is a believer - it is those whose effort is ever appreciated [by Allāh].

  1. وَمَنْwamanAnd whoever
  2. أَرَادَarādadesires
  3. ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةَl-ākhiratathe Hereafter
  4. وَسَعَىٰwasaʿāand exerts
  5. لَهَاlahāfor it
  6. سَعْيَهَاsaʿyahāthe effort
  7. وَهُوَwahuwawhile he
  8. مُؤْمِنٌۭmu'minun(is) a believer
  9. فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَfa-ulāikathen those
  10. كَانَkāna[are]
  11. سَعْيُهُمsaʿyuhumtheir effort
  12. مَّشْكُورًۭاmashkūran(is) appreciated

Verse 20

كُلًّا نُّمِدُّ هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِ وَهَـٰٓؤُلَآءِ مِنْ عَطَآءِ رَبِّكَ ۚ وَمَا كَانَ عَطَآءُ رَبِّكَ مَحْظُورًا

Transliteration kullan numiddu hāulāi wahāulāi min ʿaṭāi rabbika wamā kāna ʿaṭāu rabbika maḥẓūran

English To each [category] We extend - to these and to those - from the gift of your Lord. And never has the gift of your Lord been restricted.

  1. كُلًّۭاkullan(To) each
  2. نُّمِدُّnumidduWe extend
  3. هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِhāulāi(to) these
  4. وَهَـٰٓؤُلَآءِwahāulāiand (to) these
  5. مِنْminfrom
  6. عَطَآءِʿaṭāi(the) gift
  7. رَبِّكَ ۚrabbika(of) your Lord
  8. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  9. كَانَkānais
  10. عَطَآءُʿaṭāu(the) gift
  11. رَبِّكَrabbika(of) your Lord
  12. مَحْظُورًاmaḥẓūranrestricted

Verse 21

ٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ فَضَّلْنَا بَعْضَهُمْ عَلَىٰ بَعْضٍ ۚ وَلَلْـَٔاخِرَةُ أَكْبَرُ دَرَجَـٰتٍ وَأَكْبَرُ تَفْضِيلًا

Transliteration unẓur kayfa faḍḍalnā baʿḍahum ʿalā baʿḍin walalākhiratu akbaru darajātin wa-akbaru tafḍīlan

English Look how We have favored [in provision] some of them over others. But the Hereafter is greater in degrees [of difference] and greater in distinction.

  1. ٱنظُرْunẓurSee
  2. كَيْفَkayfahow
  3. فَضَّلْنَاfaḍḍalnāWe preferred
  4. بَعْضَهُمْbaʿḍahumsome of them
  5. عَلَىٰʿalāover
  6. بَعْضٍۢ ۚbaʿḍinothers
  7. وَلَلْـَٔاخِرَةُwalalākhiratuAnd surely the Hereafter
  8. أَكْبَرُakbaru(is) greater
  9. دَرَجَـٰتٍۢdarajātin(in) degrees
  10. وَأَكْبَرُwa-akbaruand greater
  11. تَفْضِيلًۭاtafḍīlan(in) excellence

Verse 22

لَّا تَجْعَلْ مَعَ ٱللَّهِ إِلَـٰهًا ءَاخَرَ فَتَقْعُدَ مَذْمُومًا مَّخْذُولًا

Transliteration lā tajʿal maʿa l-lahi ilāhan ākhara fataqʿuda madhmūman makhdhūlan

English Do not make [as equal] with Allāh another deity and [thereby] become censured and forsaken.

  1. لَّاlā(Do) not
  2. تَجْعَلْtajʿalmake
  3. مَعَmaʿawith
  4. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  5. إِلَـٰهًاilāhangod
  6. ءَاخَرَākharaanother
  7. فَتَقْعُدَfataqʿudalest you will sit
  8. مَذْمُومًۭاmadhmūmandisgraced
  9. مَّخْذُولًۭاmakhdhūlanforsaken

Verse 23

۞ وَقَضَىٰ رَبُّكَ أَلَّا تَعْبُدُوٓا۟ إِلَّآ إِيَّاهُ وَبِٱلْوَٰلِدَيْنِ إِحْسَـٰنًا ۚ إِمَّا يَبْلُغَنَّ عِندَكَ ٱلْكِبَرَ أَحَدُهُمَآ أَوْ كِلَاهُمَا فَلَا تَقُل لَّهُمَآ أُفٍّ وَلَا تَنْهَرْهُمَا وَقُل لَّهُمَا قَوْلًا كَرِيمًا

Transliteration waqaḍā rabbuka allā taʿbudū illā iyyāhu wabil-wālidayni iḥ'sānan immā yablughanna ʿindaka l-kibara aḥaduhumā aw kilāhumā falā taqul lahumā uffin walā tanharhumā waqul lahumā qawlan karīman

English And your Lord has decreed that you worship not except Him, and to parents, good treatment. Whether one or both of them reach old age [while] with you, say not to them [so much as], "uff," and do not repel them but speak to them a noble word.

  1. ۞ وَقَضَىٰwaqaḍāAnd has decreed
  2. رَبُّكَrabbukayour Lord
  3. أَلَّاallāthat (do) not
  4. تَعْبُدُوٓا۟taʿbudūworship
  5. إِلَّآillāexcept
  6. إِيَّاهُiyyāhuHim Alone
  7. وَبِٱلْوَٰلِدَيْنِwabil-wālidayniand to the parents
  8. إِحْسَـٰنًا ۚiḥ'sānan(be) good
  9. إِمَّاimmāWhether
  10. يَبْلُغَنَّyablughannareach
  11. عِندَكَʿindakawith you
  12. ٱلْكِبَرَl-kibarathe old age
  13. أَحَدُهُمَآaḥaduhumāone of them
  14. أَوْawor
  15. كِلَاهُمَاkilāhumāboth of them
  16. فَلَاfalāthen (do) not
  17. تَقُلtaqulsay
  18. لَّهُمَآlahumāto both of them
  19. أُفٍّۢuffina word of disrespect
  20. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  21. تَنْهَرْهُمَاtanharhumārepel them
  22. وَقُلwaqulbut speak
  23. لَّهُمَاlahumāto them
  24. قَوْلًۭاqawlana word
  25. كَرِيمًۭاkarīmannoble

Verse 24

وَٱخْفِضْ لَهُمَا جَنَاحَ ٱلذُّلِّ مِنَ ٱلرَّحْمَةِ وَقُل رَّبِّ ٱرْحَمْهُمَا كَمَا رَبَّيَانِى صَغِيرًا

Transliteration wa-ikh'fiḍ lahumā janāḥa l-dhuli mina l-raḥmati waqul rabbi ir'ḥamhumā kamā rabbayānī ṣaghīran

English And lower to them the wing of humility out of mercy and say, "My Lord, have mercy upon them as they brought me up [when I was] small."

  1. وَٱخْفِضْwa-ikh'fiḍAnd lower
  2. لَهُمَاlahumāto them
  3. جَنَاحَjanāḥa(the) wing
  4. ٱلذُّلِّl-dhuli(of) humility
  5. مِنَmina(out) of
  6. ٱلرَّحْمَةِl-raḥmati[the] mercy
  7. وَقُلwaquland say
  8. رَّبِّrabbiMy Lord
  9. ٱرْحَمْهُمَاir'ḥamhumāHave mercy on both of them
  10. كَمَاkamāas
  11. رَبَّيَانِىrabbayānīthey brought me up
  12. صَغِيرًۭاṣaghīran(when I was) small

Verse 25

رَّبُّكُمْ أَعْلَمُ بِمَا فِى نُفُوسِكُمْ ۚ إِن تَكُونُوا۟ صَـٰلِحِينَ فَإِنَّهُۥ كَانَ لِلْأَوَّٰبِينَ غَفُورًا

Transliteration rabbukum aʿlamu bimā fī nufūsikum in takūnū ṣāliḥīna fa-innahu kāna lil'awwābīna ghafūran

English Your Lord is most knowing of what is within yourselves. If you should be righteous [in intention] - then indeed He is ever, to the often returning [to Him], Forgiving.

  1. رَّبُّكُمْrabbukumYour Lord
  2. أَعْلَمُaʿlamu(is) most knowing
  3. بِمَاbimāof what
  4. فِىfī(is) in
  5. نُفُوسِكُمْ ۚnufūsikumyourselves
  6. إِنinIf
  7. تَكُونُوا۟takūnūyou are
  8. صَـٰلِحِينَṣāliḥīnarighteous
  9. فَإِنَّهُۥfa-innahuthen indeed, He
  10. كَانَkānais
  11. لِلْأَوَّٰبِينَlil'awwābīnato those who often turn (to Him)
  12. غَفُورًۭاghafūranMost Forgiving

Verse 26

وَءَاتِ ذَا ٱلْقُرْبَىٰ حَقَّهُۥ وَٱلْمِسْكِينَ وَٱبْنَ ٱلسَّبِيلِ وَلَا تُبَذِّرْ تَبْذِيرًا

Transliteration waāti dhā l-qur'bā ḥaqqahu wal-mis'kīna wa-ib'na l-sabīli walā tubadhir tabdhīran

English And give the relative his right, and [also] the poor and the traveler, and do not spend wastefully.

  1. وَءَاتِwaātiAnd give
  2. ذَاdhāthe relatives
  3. ٱلْقُرْبَىٰl-qur'bāthe relatives
  4. حَقَّهُۥḥaqqahuhis right
  5. وَٱلْمِسْكِينَwal-mis'kīnaand the needy
  6. وَٱبْنَwa-ib'naand the wayfarer
  7. ٱلسَّبِيلِl-sabīliand the wayfarer
  8. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  9. تُبَذِّرْtubadhirspend
  10. تَبْذِيرًاtabdhīranwastefully

Verse 27

إِنَّ ٱلْمُبَذِّرِينَ كَانُوٓا۟ إِخْوَٰنَ ٱلشَّيَـٰطِينِ ۖ وَكَانَ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُ لِرَبِّهِۦ كَفُورًا

Transliteration inna l-mubadhirīna kānū ikh'wāna l-shayāṭīni wakāna l-shayṭānu lirabbihi kafūran

English Indeed, the wasteful are brothers of the devils, and ever has Satan been to his Lord ungrateful.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. ٱلْمُبَذِّرِينَl-mubadhirīnathe spendthrifts
  3. كَانُوٓا۟kānūare
  4. إِخْوَٰنَikh'wānabrothers
  5. ٱلشَّيَـٰطِينِ ۖl-shayāṭīni(of) the devils
  6. وَكَانَwakānaAnd is
  7. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُl-shayṭānuthe Shaitaan
  8. لِرَبِّهِۦlirabbihito his Lord
  9. كَفُورًۭاkafūranungrateful

Verse 28

وَإِمَّا تُعْرِضَنَّ عَنْهُمُ ٱبْتِغَآءَ رَحْمَةٍ مِّن رَّبِّكَ تَرْجُوهَا فَقُل لَّهُمْ قَوْلًا مَّيْسُورًا

Transliteration wa-immā tuʿ'riḍanna ʿanhumu ib'tighāa raḥmatin min rabbika tarjūhā faqul lahum qawlan maysūran

English And if you [must] turn away from them [i.e., the needy] awaiting mercy from your Lord which you expect, then speak to them a gentle word.

  1. وَإِمَّاwa-immāAnd if
  2. تُعْرِضَنَّtuʿ'riḍannayou turn away
  3. عَنْهُمُʿanhumufrom them
  4. ٱبْتِغَآءَib'tighāaseeking
  5. رَحْمَةٍۢraḥmatinmercy
  6. مِّنminfrom
  7. رَّبِّكَrabbikayour Lord
  8. تَرْجُوهَاtarjūhāwhich you expect
  9. فَقُلfaqulthen say
  10. لَّهُمْlahumto them
  11. قَوْلًۭاqawlana word
  12. مَّيْسُورًۭاmaysūrangentle

Verse 29

وَلَا تَجْعَلْ يَدَكَ مَغْلُولَةً إِلَىٰ عُنُقِكَ وَلَا تَبْسُطْهَا كُلَّ ٱلْبَسْطِ فَتَقْعُدَ مَلُومًا مَّحْسُورًا

Transliteration walā tajʿal yadaka maghlūlatan ilā ʿunuqika walā tabsuṭ'hā kulla l-basṭi fataqʿuda malūman maḥsūran

English And do not make your hand [as] chained to your neck or extend it completely and [thereby] become blamed and insolvent.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  2. تَجْعَلْtajʿalmake
  3. يَدَكَyadakayour hand
  4. مَغْلُولَةًmaghlūlatanchained
  5. إِلَىٰilāto
  6. عُنُقِكَʿunuqikayour neck
  7. وَلَاwalāand not
  8. تَبْسُطْهَاtabsuṭ'hāextend it
  9. كُلَّkulla(to its) utmost
  10. ٱلْبَسْطِl-basṭireach
  11. فَتَقْعُدَfataqʿudaso that you sit
  12. مَلُومًۭاmalūmanblameworthy
  13. مَّحْسُورًاmaḥsūraninsolvent

Verse 30

إِنَّ رَبَّكَ يَبْسُطُ ٱلرِّزْقَ لِمَن يَشَآءُ وَيَقْدِرُ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ بِعِبَادِهِۦ خَبِيرًۢا بَصِيرًا

Transliteration inna rabbaka yabsuṭu l-riz'qa liman yashāu wayaqdiru innahu kāna biʿibādihi khabīran baṣīran

English Indeed, your Lord extends provision for whom He wills and restricts [it]. Indeed He is ever, concerning His servants, Aware and Seeing.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  3. يَبْسُطُyabsuṭuextends
  4. ٱلرِّزْقَl-riz'qathe provision
  5. لِمَنlimanfor whom
  6. يَشَآءُyashāuHe wills
  7. وَيَقْدِرُ ۚwayaqdiruand straitens
  8. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
  9. كَانَkānais
  10. بِعِبَادِهِۦbiʿibādihiof His slaves
  11. خَبِيرًۢاkhabīranAll-Aware
  12. بَصِيرًۭاbaṣīranAll-Seer

Verse 31

وَلَا تَقْتُلُوٓا۟ أَوْلَـٰدَكُمْ خَشْيَةَ إِمْلَـٰقٍ ۖ نَّحْنُ نَرْزُقُهُمْ وَإِيَّاكُمْ ۚ إِنَّ قَتْلَهُمْ كَانَ خِطْـًٔا كَبِيرًا

Transliteration walā taqtulū awlādakum khashyata im'lāqin naḥnu narzuquhum wa-iyyākum inna qatlahum kāna khiṭ'an kabīran

English And do not kill your children for fear of poverty. We provide for them and for you. Indeed, their killing is ever a great sin.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  2. تَقْتُلُوٓا۟taqtulūkill
  3. أَوْلَـٰدَكُمْawlādakumyour children
  4. خَشْيَةَkhashyata(for) fear
  5. إِمْلَـٰقٍۢ ۖim'lāqin(of) poverty
  6. نَّحْنُnaḥnuWe
  7. نَرْزُقُهُمْnarzuquhum(We) provide for them
  8. وَإِيَّاكُمْ ۚwa-iyyākumand for you
  9. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  10. قَتْلَهُمْqatlahumtheir killing
  11. كَانَkānais
  12. خِطْـًۭٔاkhiṭ'ana sin
  13. كَبِيرًۭاkabīrangreat

Verse 32

وَلَا تَقْرَبُوا۟ ٱلزِّنَىٰٓ ۖ إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ فَـٰحِشَةً وَسَآءَ سَبِيلًا

Transliteration walā taqrabū l-zinā innahu kāna fāḥishatan wasāa sabīlan

English And do not approach unlawful sexual intercourse. Indeed, it is ever an immorality and is evil as a way.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  2. تَقْرَبُوا۟taqrabūgo near
  3. ٱلزِّنَىٰٓ ۖl-zināadultery
  4. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, it
  5. كَانَkānais
  6. فَـٰحِشَةًۭfāḥishatanan immorality
  7. وَسَآءَwasāaand (an) evil
  8. سَبِيلًۭاsabīlanway

Verse 33

وَلَا تَقْتُلُوا۟ ٱلنَّفْسَ ٱلَّتِى حَرَّمَ ٱللَّهُ إِلَّا بِٱلْحَقِّ ۗ وَمَن قُتِلَ مَظْلُومًا فَقَدْ جَعَلْنَا لِوَلِيِّهِۦ سُلْطَـٰنًا فَلَا يُسْرِف فِّى ٱلْقَتْلِ ۖ إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ مَنصُورًا

Transliteration walā taqtulū l-nafsa allatī ḥarrama l-lahu illā bil-ḥaqi waman qutila maẓlūman faqad jaʿalnā liwaliyyihi sul'ṭānan falā yus'rif fī l-qatli innahu kāna manṣūran

English And do not kill the soul [i.e., person] which Allāh has forbidden, except by right. And whoever is killed unjustly - We have given his heir authority, but let him not exceed limits in [the matter of] taking life. Indeed, he has been supported [by the law].

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  2. تَقْتُلُوا۟taqtulūkill
  3. ٱلنَّفْسَl-nafsathe soul
  4. ٱلَّتِىallatīwhich
  5. حَرَّمَḥarramaAllah has forbidden
  6. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah has forbidden
  7. إِلَّاillāexcept
  8. بِٱلْحَقِّ ۗbil-ḥaqiby right
  9. وَمَنwamanAnd whoever
  10. قُتِلَqutila(is) killed
  11. مَظْلُومًۭاmaẓlūmanwrongfully
  12. فَقَدْfaqadverily
  13. جَعَلْنَاjaʿalnāWe have made
  14. لِوَلِيِّهِۦliwaliyyihifor his heir
  15. سُلْطَـٰنًۭاsul'ṭānanan authority
  16. فَلَاfalābut not
  17. يُسْرِفyus'rifhe should exceed
  18. فِّىfīin
  19. ٱلْقَتْلِ ۖl-qatlithe killing
  20. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he
  21. كَانَkānais
  22. مَنصُورًۭاmanṣūranhelped

Verse 34

وَلَا تَقْرَبُوا۟ مَالَ ٱلْيَتِيمِ إِلَّا بِٱلَّتِى هِىَ أَحْسَنُ حَتَّىٰ يَبْلُغَ أَشُدَّهُۥ ۚ وَأَوْفُوا۟ بِٱلْعَهْدِ ۖ إِنَّ ٱلْعَهْدَ كَانَ مَسْـُٔولًا

Transliteration walā taqrabū māla l-yatīmi illā bi-allatī hiya aḥsanu ḥattā yablugha ashuddahu wa-awfū bil-ʿahdi inna l-ʿahda kāna masūlan

English And do not approach the property of an orphan, except in the way that is best, until he reaches maturity. And fulfill [every] commitment. Indeed, the commitment is ever [that about which one will be] questioned.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  2. تَقْرَبُوا۟taqrabūcome near
  3. مَالَmāla(the) wealth
  4. ٱلْيَتِيمِl-yatīmi(of) the orphan
  5. إِلَّاillāexcept
  6. بِٱلَّتِىbi-allatīwith what
  7. هِىَhiya[it] is
  8. أَحْسَنُaḥsanubest
  9. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  10. يَبْلُغَyablughahe reaches
  11. أَشُدَّهُۥ ۚashuddahuhis maturity
  12. وَأَوْفُوا۟wa-awfūAnd fulfil
  13. بِٱلْعَهْدِ ۖbil-ʿahdithe covenant
  14. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  15. ٱلْعَهْدَl-ʿahdathe covenant
  16. كَانَkānawill be
  17. مَسْـُٔولًۭاmasūlanquestioned

Verse 35

وَأَوْفُوا۟ ٱلْكَيْلَ إِذَا كِلْتُمْ وَزِنُوا۟ بِٱلْقِسْطَاسِ ٱلْمُسْتَقِيمِ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ خَيْرٌ وَأَحْسَنُ تَأْوِيلًا

Transliteration wa-awfū l-kayla idhā kil'tum wazinū bil-qis'ṭāsi l-mus'taqīmi dhālika khayrun wa-aḥsanu tawīlan

English And give full measure when you measure, and weigh with an even [i.e., honest] balance. That is the best [way] and best in result.

  1. وَأَوْفُوا۟wa-awfūAnd give full
  2. ٱلْكَيْلَl-kayla[the] measure
  3. إِذَاidhāwhen
  4. كِلْتُمْkil'tumyou measure
  5. وَزِنُوا۟wazinūand weigh
  6. بِٱلْقِسْطَاسِbil-qis'ṭāsiwith the balance
  7. ٱلْمُسْتَقِيمِ ۚl-mus'taqīmithe straight
  8. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  9. خَيْرٌۭkhayrun(is) good
  10. وَأَحْسَنُwa-aḥsanuand best
  11. تَأْوِيلًۭاtawīlan(in) result

Verse 36

وَلَا تَقْفُ مَا لَيْسَ لَكَ بِهِۦ عِلْمٌ ۚ إِنَّ ٱلسَّمْعَ وَٱلْبَصَرَ وَٱلْفُؤَادَ كُلُّ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ كَانَ عَنْهُ مَسْـُٔولًا

Transliteration walā taqfu mā laysa laka bihi ʿil'mun inna l-samʿa wal-baṣara wal-fuāda kullu ulāika kāna ʿanhu masūlan

English And do not pursue that of which you have no knowledge. Indeed, the hearing, the sight and the heart - about all those [one] will be questioned.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  2. تَقْفُtaqfupursue
  3. مَاmāwhat
  4. لَيْسَlaysanot
  5. لَكَlakayou have
  6. بِهِۦbihiof it
  7. عِلْمٌ ۚʿil'munany knowledge
  8. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  9. ٱلسَّمْعَl-samʿathe hearing
  10. وَٱلْبَصَرَwal-baṣaraand the sight
  11. وَٱلْفُؤَادَwal-fuādaand the heart
  12. كُلُّkulluall
  13. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikathose
  14. كَانَkānawill be
  15. عَنْهُʿanhu[about it]
  16. مَسْـُٔولًۭاmasūlanquestioned

Verse 37

وَلَا تَمْشِ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ مَرَحًا ۖ إِنَّكَ لَن تَخْرِقَ ٱلْأَرْضَ وَلَن تَبْلُغَ ٱلْجِبَالَ طُولًا

Transliteration walā tamshi fī l-arḍi maraḥan innaka lan takhriqa l-arḍa walan tablugha l-jibāla ṭūlan

English And do not walk upon the earth exultantly. Indeed, you will never tear the earth [apart], and you will never reach the mountains in height.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  2. تَمْشِtamshiwalk
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  5. مَرَحًا ۖmaraḥan(with) insolence
  6. إِنَّكَinnakaIndeed, you
  7. لَنlanwill never
  8. تَخْرِقَtakhriqatear
  9. ٱلْأَرْضَl-arḍathe earth
  10. وَلَنwalanand will never
  11. تَبْلُغَtablughareach
  12. ٱلْجِبَالَl-jibālathe mountains
  13. طُولًۭاṭūlan(in) height

Verse 38

كُلُّ ذَٰلِكَ كَانَ سَيِّئُهُۥ عِندَ رَبِّكَ مَكْرُوهًا

Transliteration kullu dhālika kāna sayyi-uhu ʿinda rabbika makrūhan

English All that [i.e., the aforementioned] - its evil is ever, in the sight of your Lord, detested.

  1. كُلُّkulluAll
  2. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  3. كَانَkānais
  4. سَيِّئُهُۥsayyi-uhu[its] evil
  5. عِندَʿindanear
  6. رَبِّكَrabbikayour Lord
  7. مَكْرُوهًۭاmakrūhanhateful

Verse 39

ذَٰلِكَ مِمَّآ أَوْحَىٰٓ إِلَيْكَ رَبُّكَ مِنَ ٱلْحِكْمَةِ ۗ وَلَا تَجْعَلْ مَعَ ٱللَّهِ إِلَـٰهًا ءَاخَرَ فَتُلْقَىٰ فِى جَهَنَّمَ مَلُومًا مَّدْحُورًا

Transliteration dhālika mimmā awḥā ilayka rabbuka mina l-ḥik'mati walā tajʿal maʿa l-lahi ilāhan ākhara fatul'qā fī jahannama malūman madḥūran

English That is from what your Lord has revealed to you, [O Muḥammad], of wisdom. And, [O mankind], do not make [as equal] with Allāh another deity, lest you be thrown into Hell, blamed and banished.

  1. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  2. مِمَّآmimmā(is) from what
  3. أَوْحَىٰٓawḥā(was) revealed
  4. إِلَيْكَilaykato you
  5. رَبُّكَrabbuka(from) your Lord
  6. مِنَminaof
  7. ٱلْحِكْمَةِ ۗl-ḥik'matithe wisdom
  8. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  9. تَجْعَلْtajʿalmake
  10. مَعَmaʿawith
  11. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  12. إِلَـٰهًاilāhangod
  13. ءَاخَرَākharaother
  14. فَتُلْقَىٰfatul'qālest you should be thrown
  15. فِىfīin
  16. جَهَنَّمَjahannamaHell
  17. مَلُومًۭاmalūmanblameworthy
  18. مَّدْحُورًاmadḥūranabandoned

Verse 40

أَفَأَصْفَىٰكُمْ رَبُّكُم بِٱلْبَنِينَ وَٱتَّخَذَ مِنَ ٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةِ إِنَـٰثًا ۚ إِنَّكُمْ لَتَقُولُونَ قَوْلًا عَظِيمًا

Transliteration afa-aṣfākum rabbukum bil-banīna wa-ittakhadha mina l-malāikati ināthan innakum lataqūlūna qawlan ʿaẓīman

English Then, has your Lord chosen you for [having] sons and taken [i.e., adopted] from among the angels daughters? Indeed, you say a grave saying.

  1. أَفَأَصْفَىٰكُمْafa-aṣfākumThen has your Lord chosen (for) you
  2. رَبُّكُمrabbukumThen has your Lord chosen (for) you
  3. بِٱلْبَنِينَbil-banīnasons
  4. وَٱتَّخَذَwa-ittakhadhaand He has taken
  5. مِنَminafrom
  6. ٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةِl-malāikatithe Angels
  7. إِنَـٰثًا ۚināthandaughters
  8. إِنَّكُمْinnakumIndeed, you
  9. لَتَقُولُونَlataqūlūnasurely say
  10. قَوْلًاqawlana word
  11. عَظِيمًۭاʿaẓīmangrave

Verse 41

وَلَقَدْ صَرَّفْنَا فِى هَـٰذَا ٱلْقُرْءَانِ لِيَذَّكَّرُوا۟ وَمَا يَزِيدُهُمْ إِلَّا نُفُورًا

Transliteration walaqad ṣarrafnā fī hādhā l-qur'āni liyadhakkarū wamā yazīduhum illā nufūran

English And We have certainly diversified [the contents] in this Qur’ān that they [i.e., mankind] may be reminded, but it does not increase them [i.e., the disbelievers] except in aversion.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd verily
  2. صَرَّفْنَاṣarrafnāWe have explained
  3. فِىfīin
  4. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  5. ٱلْقُرْءَانِl-qur'ānithe Quran
  6. لِيَذَّكَّرُوا۟liyadhakkarūthat they may take heed
  7. وَمَاwamābut not
  8. يَزِيدُهُمْyazīduhumit increases them
  9. إِلَّاillāexcept
  10. نُفُورًۭاnufūran(in) aversion

Verse 42

قُل لَّوْ كَانَ مَعَهُۥٓ ءَالِهَةٌ كَمَا يَقُولُونَ إِذًا لَّٱبْتَغَوْا۟ إِلَىٰ ذِى ٱلْعَرْشِ سَبِيلًا

Transliteration qul law kāna maʿahu ālihatun kamā yaqūlūna idhan la-ib'taghaw ilā dhī l-ʿarshi sabīlan

English Say, [O Muḥammad], "If there had been with Him [other] gods, as they say, then they [each] would have sought to the Owner of the Throne a way."

  1. قُلqulSay
  2. لَّوْlawIf
  3. كَانَkāna(there) were
  4. مَعَهُۥٓmaʿahuwith Him
  5. ءَالِهَةٌۭālihatungods
  6. كَمَاkamāas
  7. يَقُولُونَyaqūlūnathey say
  8. إِذًۭاidhanthen
  9. لَّٱبْتَغَوْا۟la-ib'taghawsurely they (would) have sought
  10. إِلَىٰilāto
  11. ذِىdhī(the) Owner
  12. ٱلْعَرْشِl-ʿarshi(of) the Throne
  13. سَبِيلًۭاsabīlana way

Verse 43

سُبْحَـٰنَهُۥ وَتَعَـٰلَىٰ عَمَّا يَقُولُونَ عُلُوًّا كَبِيرًا

Transliteration sub'ḥānahu wataʿālā ʿammā yaqūlūna ʿuluwwan kabīran

English Exalted is He and high above what they say by great sublimity.

  1. سُبْحَـٰنَهُۥsub'ḥānahuGlorified is He
  2. وَتَعَـٰلَىٰwataʿālāand Exalted is He
  3. عَمَّاʿammāabove what
  4. يَقُولُونَyaqūlūnathey say
  5. عُلُوًّۭاʿuluwwan(by) height
  6. كَبِيرًۭاkabīrangreat

Verse 44

تُسَبِّحُ لَهُ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتُ ٱلسَّبْعُ وَٱلْأَرْضُ وَمَن فِيهِنَّ ۚ وَإِن مِّن شَىْءٍ إِلَّا يُسَبِّحُ بِحَمْدِهِۦ وَلَـٰكِن لَّا تَفْقَهُونَ تَسْبِيحَهُمْ ۗ إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ حَلِيمًا غَفُورًا

Transliteration tusabbiḥu lahu l-samāwātu l-sabʿu wal-arḍu waman fīhinna wa-in min shayin illā yusabbiḥu biḥamdihi walākin lā tafqahūna tasbīḥahum innahu kāna ḥalīman ghafūran

English The seven heavens and the earth and whatever is in them exalt Him. And there is not a thing except that it exalts [Allāh] by His praise, but you do not understand their [way of] exalting. Indeed, He is ever Forbearing and Forgiving.

  1. تُسَبِّحُtusabbiḥuGlorify
  2. لَهُlahu[to] Him
  3. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتُl-samāwātuthe seven heavens
  4. ٱلسَّبْعُl-sabʿuthe seven heavens
  5. وَٱلْأَرْضُwal-arḍuand the earth
  6. وَمَنwamanand whatever
  7. فِيهِنَّ ۚfīhinna(is) in them
  8. وَإِنwa-inAnd (there is) not
  9. مِّنminany
  10. شَىْءٍshayinthing
  11. إِلَّاillāexcept
  12. يُسَبِّحُyusabbiḥuglorifies
  13. بِحَمْدِهِۦbiḥamdihiHis Praise
  14. وَلَـٰكِنwalākinbut
  15. لَّاlānot
  16. تَفْقَهُونَtafqahūnayou understand
  17. تَسْبِيحَهُمْ ۗtasbīḥahumtheir glorification
  18. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
  19. كَانَkānais
  20. حَلِيمًاḥalīmanEver-Forbearing
  21. غَفُورًۭاghafūranOft-Forgiving

Verse 45

وَإِذَا قَرَأْتَ ٱلْقُرْءَانَ جَعَلْنَا بَيْنَكَ وَبَيْنَ ٱلَّذِينَ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ حِجَابًا مَّسْتُورًا

Transliteration wa-idhā qarata l-qur'āna jaʿalnā baynaka wabayna alladhīna lā yu'minūna bil-ākhirati ḥijāban mastūran

English And when you recite the Qur’ān, We put between you and those who do not believe in the Hereafter a concealed partition.

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. قَرَأْتَqaratayou recite
  3. ٱلْقُرْءَانَl-qur'ānathe Quran
  4. جَعَلْنَاjaʿalnāWe place
  5. بَيْنَكَbaynakabetween you
  6. وَبَيْنَwabaynaand between
  7. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  8. لَاlā(do) not
  9. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnabelieve
  10. بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِbil-ākhiratiin the Hereafter
  11. حِجَابًۭاḥijābana barrier
  12. مَّسْتُورًۭاmastūranhidden

Verse 46

وَجَعَلْنَا عَلَىٰ قُلُوبِهِمْ أَكِنَّةً أَن يَفْقَهُوهُ وَفِىٓ ءَاذَانِهِمْ وَقْرًا ۚ وَإِذَا ذَكَرْتَ رَبَّكَ فِى ٱلْقُرْءَانِ وَحْدَهُۥ وَلَّوْا۟ عَلَىٰٓ أَدْبَـٰرِهِمْ نُفُورًا

Transliteration wajaʿalnā ʿalā qulūbihim akinnatan an yafqahūhu wafī ādhānihim waqran wa-idhā dhakarta rabbaka fī l-qur'āni waḥdahu wallaw ʿalā adbārihim nufūran

English And We have placed over their hearts coverings, lest they understand it, and in their ears deafness. And when you mention your Lord alone in the Qur’ān, they turn back in aversion.

  1. وَجَعَلْنَاwajaʿalnāAnd We have placed
  2. عَلَىٰʿalāover
  3. قُلُوبِهِمْqulūbihimtheir hearts
  4. أَكِنَّةًakinnatancoverings
  5. أَنanlest
  6. يَفْقَهُوهُyafqahūhuthey understand it
  7. وَفِىٓwafīand in
  8. ءَاذَانِهِمْādhānihimtheir ears
  9. وَقْرًۭا ۚwaqrandeafness
  10. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  11. ذَكَرْتَdhakartayou mention
  12. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  13. فِىfīin
  14. ٱلْقُرْءَانِl-qur'ānithe Quran
  15. وَحْدَهُۥwaḥdahuAlone
  16. وَلَّوْا۟wallawthey turn
  17. عَلَىٰٓʿalāon
  18. أَدْبَـٰرِهِمْadbārihimtheir backs
  19. نُفُورًۭاnufūran(in) aversion

Verse 47

نَّحْنُ أَعْلَمُ بِمَا يَسْتَمِعُونَ بِهِۦٓ إِذْ يَسْتَمِعُونَ إِلَيْكَ وَإِذْ هُمْ نَجْوَىٰٓ إِذْ يَقُولُ ٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَ إِن تَتَّبِعُونَ إِلَّا رَجُلًا مَّسْحُورًا

Transliteration naḥnu aʿlamu bimā yastamiʿūna bihi idh yastamiʿūna ilayka wa-idh hum najwā idh yaqūlu l-ẓālimūna in tattabiʿūna illā rajulan masḥūran

English We are most knowing of how they listen to it when they listen to you and [of] when they are in private conversation, when the wrongdoers say, "You follow not but a man affected by magic."

  1. نَّحْنُnaḥnuWe
  2. أَعْلَمُaʿlamuknow best
  3. بِمَاbimā[of] what
  4. يَسْتَمِعُونَyastamiʿūnathey listen
  5. بِهِۦٓbihito [it]
  6. إِذْidhwhen
  7. يَسْتَمِعُونَyastamiʿūnathey listen
  8. إِلَيْكَilaykato you
  9. وَإِذْwa-idhand when
  10. هُمْhumthey
  11. نَجْوَىٰٓnajwā(are) in private conversation
  12. إِذْidhwhen
  13. يَقُولُyaqūlusay
  14. ٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَl-ẓālimūnathe wrongdoers
  15. إِنinNot
  16. تَتَّبِعُونَtattabiʿūnayou follow
  17. إِلَّاillābut
  18. رَجُلًۭاrajulana man
  19. مَّسْحُورًاmasḥūranbewitched

Verse 48

ٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ ضَرَبُوا۟ لَكَ ٱلْأَمْثَالَ فَضَلُّوا۟ فَلَا يَسْتَطِيعُونَ سَبِيلًا

Transliteration unẓur kayfa ḍarabū laka l-amthāla faḍallū falā yastaṭīʿūna sabīlan

English Look how they strike for you comparisons; but they have strayed, so they cannot [find] a way.

  1. ٱنظُرْunẓurSee
  2. كَيْفَkayfahow
  3. ضَرَبُوا۟ḍarabūthey put forth
  4. لَكَlakafor you
  5. ٱلْأَمْثَالَl-amthālathe examples
  6. فَضَلُّوا۟faḍallūbut they have gone astray
  7. فَلَاfalāso not
  8. يَسْتَطِيعُونَyastaṭīʿūnathey can
  9. سَبِيلًۭاsabīlan(find) a way

Verse 49

وَقَالُوٓا۟ أَءِذَا كُنَّا عِظَـٰمًا وَرُفَـٰتًا أَءِنَّا لَمَبْعُوثُونَ خَلْقًا جَدِيدًا

Transliteration waqālū a-idhā kunnā ʿiẓāman warufātan a-innā lamabʿūthūna khalqan jadīdan

English And they say, "When we are bones and crumbled particles, will we [truly] be resurrected as a new creation?"

  1. وَقَالُوٓا۟waqālūAnd they say
  2. أَءِذَاa-idhāIs it when
  3. كُنَّاkunnāwe are
  4. عِظَـٰمًۭاʿiẓāmanbones
  5. وَرُفَـٰتًاwarufātanand crumbled particles
  6. أَءِنَّاa-innāwill we
  7. لَمَبْعُوثُونَlamabʿūthūnasurely (be) resurrected
  8. خَلْقًۭاkhalqan(as) a creation
  9. جَدِيدًۭاjadīdannew

Verse 50

۞ قُلْ كُونُوا۟ حِجَارَةً أَوْ حَدِيدًا

Transliteration qul kūnū ḥijāratan aw ḥadīdan

English Say, "Be you stones or iron

  1. ۞ قُلْqulSay
  2. كُونُوا۟kūnūBe
  3. حِجَارَةًḥijāratanstones
  4. أَوْawor
  5. حَدِيدًاḥadīdaniron

Verse 51

أَوْ خَلْقًا مِّمَّا يَكْبُرُ فِى صُدُورِكُمْ ۚ فَسَيَقُولُونَ مَن يُعِيدُنَا ۖ قُلِ ٱلَّذِى فَطَرَكُمْ أَوَّلَ مَرَّةٍ ۚ فَسَيُنْغِضُونَ إِلَيْكَ رُءُوسَهُمْ وَيَقُولُونَ مَتَىٰ هُوَ ۖ قُلْ عَسَىٰٓ أَن يَكُونَ قَرِيبًا

Transliteration aw khalqan mimmā yakburu fī ṣudūrikum fasayaqūlūna man yuʿīdunā quli alladhī faṭarakum awwala marratin fasayun'ghiḍūna ilayka ruūsahum wayaqūlūna matā huwa qul ʿasā an yakūna qarīban

English Or [any] creation of that which is great within your breasts." And they will say, "Who will restore us?" Say, "He who brought you forth the first time." Then they will nod their heads toward you and say, "When is that?" Say, "Perhaps it will be soon -

  1. أَوْawOr
  2. خَلْقًۭاkhalqana creation
  3. مِّمَّاmimmāof what
  4. يَكْبُرُyakburu(is) great
  5. فِىfīin
  6. صُدُورِكُمْ ۚṣudūrikumyour breasts
  7. فَسَيَقُولُونَfasayaqūlūnaThen they will say
  8. مَنmanWho
  9. يُعِيدُنَا ۖyuʿīdunāwill restore us
  10. قُلِquliSay
  11. ٱلَّذِىalladhīHe Who
  12. فَطَرَكُمْfaṭarakumcreated you
  13. أَوَّلَawwala(the) first
  14. مَرَّةٍۢ ۚmarratintime
  15. فَسَيُنْغِضُونَfasayun'ghiḍūnaThen they will shake
  16. إِلَيْكَilaykaat you
  17. رُءُوسَهُمْruūsahumtheir heads
  18. وَيَقُولُونَwayaqūlūnaand they say
  19. مَتَىٰmatāWhen (will)
  20. هُوَ ۖhuwait (be)
  21. قُلْqulSay
  22. عَسَىٰٓʿasāPerhaps
  23. أَنanthat
  24. يَكُونَyakūna(it) will be
  25. قَرِيبًۭاqarībansoon

Verse 52

يَوْمَ يَدْعُوكُمْ فَتَسْتَجِيبُونَ بِحَمْدِهِۦ وَتَظُنُّونَ إِن لَّبِثْتُمْ إِلَّا قَلِيلًا

Transliteration yawma yadʿūkum fatastajībūna biḥamdihi wataẓunnūna in labith'tum illā qalīlan

English On the Day He will call you and you will respond with praise of Him and think that you had not remained [in the world] except for a little."

  1. يَوْمَyawma(On) the Day
  2. يَدْعُوكُمْyadʿūkumHe will call you
  3. فَتَسْتَجِيبُونَfatastajībūnaand you will respond
  4. بِحَمْدِهِۦbiḥamdihiwith His Praise
  5. وَتَظُنُّونَwataẓunnūnaand you will think
  6. إِنinnot
  7. لَّبِثْتُمْlabith'tumyou had remained
  8. إِلَّاillāexcept
  9. قَلِيلًۭاqalīlana little (while)

Verse 53

وَقُل لِّعِبَادِى يَقُولُوا۟ ٱلَّتِى هِىَ أَحْسَنُ ۚ إِنَّ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنَ يَنزَغُ بَيْنَهُمْ ۚ إِنَّ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنَ كَانَ لِلْإِنسَـٰنِ عَدُوًّا مُّبِينًا

Transliteration waqul liʿibādī yaqūlū allatī hiya aḥsanu inna l-shayṭāna yanzaghu baynahum inna l-shayṭāna kāna lil'insāni ʿaduwwan mubīnan

English And tell My servants to say that which is best. Indeed, Satan induces [dissension] among them. Indeed Satan is ever, to mankind, a clear enemy.

  1. وَقُلwaqulAnd say
  2. لِّعِبَادِىliʿibādīto My slaves
  3. يَقُولُوا۟yaqūlū(to) say
  4. ٱلَّتِىallatīthat
  5. هِىَhiyawhich
  6. أَحْسَنُ ۚaḥsanu(is) best
  7. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  8. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنَl-shayṭānathe Shaitaan
  9. يَنزَغُyanzaghusows discord
  10. بَيْنَهُمْ ۚbaynahumbetween them
  11. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  12. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنَl-shayṭānathe Shaitaan
  13. كَانَkānais
  14. لِلْإِنسَـٰنِlil'insānito the man
  15. عَدُوًّۭاʿaduwwanan enemy
  16. مُّبِينًۭاmubīnanclear

Verse 54

رَّبُّكُمْ أَعْلَمُ بِكُمْ ۖ إِن يَشَأْ يَرْحَمْكُمْ أَوْ إِن يَشَأْ يُعَذِّبْكُمْ ۚ وَمَآ أَرْسَلْنَـٰكَ عَلَيْهِمْ وَكِيلًا

Transliteration rabbukum aʿlamu bikum in yasha yarḥamkum aw in yasha yuʿadhib'kum wamā arsalnāka ʿalayhim wakīlan

English Your Lord is most knowing of you. If He wills, He will have mercy upon you; or if He wills, He will punish you. And We have not sent you, [O Muḥammad], over them as a manager.

  1. رَّبُّكُمْrabbukumYour Lord
  2. أَعْلَمُaʿlamu(is) most knowing
  3. بِكُمْ ۖbikumof you
  4. إِنinIf
  5. يَشَأْyashaHe wills
  6. يَرْحَمْكُمْyarḥamkumHe will have mercy on you
  7. أَوْawor
  8. إِنinif
  9. يَشَأْyashaHe wills
  10. يُعَذِّبْكُمْ ۚyuʿadhib'kumHe will punish you
  11. وَمَآwamāAnd not
  12. أَرْسَلْنَـٰكَarsalnākaWe have sent you
  13. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimover them
  14. وَكِيلًۭاwakīlan(as) a guardian

Verse 55

وَرَبُّكَ أَعْلَمُ بِمَن فِى ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۗ وَلَقَدْ فَضَّلْنَا بَعْضَ ٱلنَّبِيِّـۧنَ عَلَىٰ بَعْضٍ ۖ وَءَاتَيْنَا دَاوُۥدَ زَبُورًا

Transliteration warabbuka aʿlamu biman fī l-samāwāti wal-arḍi walaqad faḍḍalnā baʿḍa l-nabiyīna ʿalā baʿḍin waātaynā dāwūda zabūran

English And your Lord is most knowing of whoever is in the heavens and the earth. And We have made some of the prophets exceed others [in various ways], and to David We gave the book [of Psalms].

  1. وَرَبُّكَwarabbukaAnd your Lord
  2. أَعْلَمُaʿlamu(is) most knowing
  3. بِمَنbimanof whoever
  4. فِىfī(is) in
  5. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  6. وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۗwal-arḍiand the earth
  7. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd verily
  8. فَضَّلْنَاfaḍḍalnāWe have preferred
  9. بَعْضَbaʿḍasome
  10. ٱلنَّبِيِّـۧنَl-nabiyīna(of) the Prophets
  11. عَلَىٰʿalāto
  12. بَعْضٍۢ ۖbaʿḍinothers
  13. وَءَاتَيْنَاwaātaynāAnd We gave
  14. دَاوُۥدَdāwūdaDawood
  15. زَبُورًۭاzabūranZaboor

Verse 56

قُلِ ٱدْعُوا۟ ٱلَّذِينَ زَعَمْتُم مِّن دُونِهِۦ فَلَا يَمْلِكُونَ كَشْفَ ٱلضُّرِّ عَنكُمْ وَلَا تَحْوِيلًا

Transliteration quli id'ʿū alladhīna zaʿamtum min dūnihi falā yamlikūna kashfa l-ḍuri ʿankum walā taḥwīlan

English Say, "Invoke those you have claimed [as gods] besides Him, for they do not possess the [ability for] removal of adversity from you or [for its] transfer [to someone else]."

  1. قُلِquliSay
  2. ٱدْعُوا۟id'ʿūCall
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose whom
  4. زَعَمْتُمzaʿamtumyou claimed
  5. مِّنminbesides Him
  6. دُونِهِۦdūnihibesides Him
  7. فَلَاfalā[then] not
  8. يَمْلِكُونَyamlikūnathey have power
  9. كَشْفَkashfa(to) remove
  10. ٱلضُّرِّl-ḍurithe misfortunes
  11. عَنكُمْʿankumfrom you
  12. وَلَاwalāand not
  13. تَحْوِيلًاtaḥwīlan(to) transfer (it)

Verse 57

أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ يَدْعُونَ يَبْتَغُونَ إِلَىٰ رَبِّهِمُ ٱلْوَسِيلَةَ أَيُّهُمْ أَقْرَبُ وَيَرْجُونَ رَحْمَتَهُۥ وَيَخَافُونَ عَذَابَهُۥٓ ۚ إِنَّ عَذَابَ رَبِّكَ كَانَ مَحْذُورًا

Transliteration ulāika alladhīna yadʿūna yabtaghūna ilā rabbihimu l-wasīlata ayyuhum aqrabu wayarjūna raḥmatahu wayakhāfūna ʿadhābahu inna ʿadhāba rabbika kāna maḥdhūran

English Those whom they invoke seek means of access to their Lord, [striving as to] which of them would be nearest, and they hope for His mercy and fear His punishment. Indeed, the punishment of your Lord is ever feared.

  1. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnawhom
  3. يَدْعُونَyadʿūnathey call
  4. يَبْتَغُونَyabtaghūnaseek
  5. إِلَىٰilāto
  6. رَبِّهِمُrabbihimutheir Lord
  7. ٱلْوَسِيلَةَl-wasīlatathe means of access
  8. أَيُّهُمْayyuhumwhich of them
  9. أَقْرَبُaqrabu(is) nearest
  10. وَيَرْجُونَwayarjūnaand they hope
  11. رَحْمَتَهُۥraḥmatahu(for) His mercy
  12. وَيَخَافُونَwayakhāfūnaand fear
  13. عَذَابَهُۥٓ ۚʿadhābahuHis punishment
  14. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  15. عَذَابَʿadhāba(the) punishment
  16. رَبِّكَrabbika(of) your Lord
  17. كَانَkānais
  18. مَحْذُورًۭاmaḥdhūran(ever) feared

Verse 58

وَإِن مِّن قَرْيَةٍ إِلَّا نَحْنُ مُهْلِكُوهَا قَبْلَ يَوْمِ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ أَوْ مُعَذِّبُوهَا عَذَابًا شَدِيدًا ۚ كَانَ ذَٰلِكَ فِى ٱلْكِتَـٰبِ مَسْطُورًا

Transliteration wa-in min qaryatin illā naḥnu muh'likūhā qabla yawmi l-qiyāmati aw muʿadhibūhā ʿadhāban shadīdan kāna dhālika fī l-kitābi masṭūran

English And there is no city but that We will destroy it before the Day of Resurrection or punish it with a severe punishment. That has ever been in the Register inscribed.

  1. وَإِنwa-inAnd not
  2. مِّنmin(is) any
  3. قَرْيَةٍqaryatintown
  4. إِلَّاillābut
  5. نَحْنُnaḥnuWe
  6. مُهْلِكُوهَاmuh'likūhā(will) destroy it
  7. قَبْلَqablabefore
  8. يَوْمِyawmi(the) Day
  9. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِl-qiyāmati(of) the Resurrection
  10. أَوْawor
  11. مُعَذِّبُوهَاmuʿadhibūhāpunish it
  12. عَذَابًۭاʿadhābanwith a punishment
  13. شَدِيدًۭا ۚshadīdansevere
  14. كَانَkānaThat is
  15. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat is
  16. فِىfīin
  17. ٱلْكِتَـٰبِl-kitābithe Book
  18. مَسْطُورًۭاmasṭūranwritten

Verse 59

وَمَا مَنَعَنَآ أَن نُّرْسِلَ بِٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ إِلَّآ أَن كَذَّبَ بِهَا ٱلْأَوَّلُونَ ۚ وَءَاتَيْنَا ثَمُودَ ٱلنَّاقَةَ مُبْصِرَةً فَظَلَمُوا۟ بِهَا ۚ وَمَا نُرْسِلُ بِٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ إِلَّا تَخْوِيفًا

Transliteration wamā manaʿanā an nur'sila bil-āyāti illā an kadhaba bihā l-awalūna waātaynā thamūda l-nāqata mub'ṣiratan faẓalamū bihā wamā nur'silu bil-āyāti illā takhwīfan

English And nothing has prevented Us from sending signs [i.e., miracles] except that the former peoples denied them. And We gave Thamūd the she-camel as a visible sign, but they wronged her. And We send not the signs except as a warning.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. مَنَعَنَآmanaʿanāstopped Us
  3. أَنanthat
  4. نُّرْسِلَnur'silaWe send
  5. بِٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِbil-āyātithe Signs
  6. إِلَّآillāexcept
  7. أَنanthat
  8. كَذَّبَkadhabadenied
  9. بِهَاbihāthem
  10. ٱلْأَوَّلُونَ ۚl-awalūnathe former (people)
  11. وَءَاتَيْنَاwaātaynāAnd We gave
  12. ثَمُودَthamūdaThamud
  13. ٱلنَّاقَةَl-nāqatathe she-camel
  14. مُبْصِرَةًۭmub'ṣiratan(as) a visible sign
  15. فَظَلَمُوا۟faẓalamūbut they wronged
  16. بِهَا ۚbihāher
  17. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  18. نُرْسِلُnur'siluWe send
  19. بِٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِbil-āyātithe Signs
  20. إِلَّاillāexcept
  21. تَخْوِيفًۭاtakhwīfan(as) a warning

Verse 60

وَإِذْ قُلْنَا لَكَ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ أَحَاطَ بِٱلنَّاسِ ۚ وَمَا جَعَلْنَا ٱلرُّءْيَا ٱلَّتِىٓ أَرَيْنَـٰكَ إِلَّا فِتْنَةً لِّلنَّاسِ وَٱلشَّجَرَةَ ٱلْمَلْعُونَةَ فِى ٱلْقُرْءَانِ ۚ وَنُخَوِّفُهُمْ فَمَا يَزِيدُهُمْ إِلَّا طُغْيَـٰنًا كَبِيرًا

Transliteration wa-idh qul'nā laka inna rabbaka aḥāṭa bil-nāsi wamā jaʿalnā l-ru'yā allatī araynāka illā fit'natan lilnnāsi wal-shajarata l-malʿūnata fī l-qur'āni wanukhawwifuhum famā yazīduhum illā ṭugh'yānan kabīran

English And [remember, O Muḥammad], when We told you, "Indeed, your Lord has encompassed the people." And We did not make the sight which We showed you except as a trial for the people, as was the accursed tree [mentioned] in the Qur’ān. And We threaten [i.e., warn] them, but it increases them not except in great transgression.

  1. وَإِذْwa-idhAnd when
  2. قُلْنَاqul'nāWe said
  3. لَكَlakato you
  4. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  5. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  6. أَحَاطَaḥāṭahas encompassed
  7. بِٱلنَّاسِ ۚbil-nāsithe mankind
  8. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  9. جَعَلْنَاjaʿalnāWe made
  10. ٱلرُّءْيَاl-ru'yāthe vision
  11. ٱلَّتِىٓallatīwhich
  12. أَرَيْنَـٰكَaraynākaWe showed you
  13. إِلَّاillāexcept
  14. فِتْنَةًۭfit'natan(as) a trial
  15. لِّلنَّاسِlilnnāsifor mankind
  16. وَٱلشَّجَرَةَwal-shajarataand the tree
  17. ٱلْمَلْعُونَةَl-malʿūnatathe accursed
  18. فِىfīin
  19. ٱلْقُرْءَانِ ۚl-qur'ānithe Quran
  20. وَنُخَوِّفُهُمْwanukhawwifuhumAnd We threaten them
  21. فَمَاfamābut not
  22. يَزِيدُهُمْyazīduhumit increases them
  23. إِلَّاillāexcept
  24. طُغْيَـٰنًۭاṭugh'yānan(in) transgression
  25. كَبِيرًۭاkabīrangreat

Verse 61

وَإِذْ قُلْنَا لِلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةِ ٱسْجُدُوا۟ لِـَٔادَمَ فَسَجَدُوٓا۟ إِلَّآ إِبْلِيسَ قَالَ ءَأَسْجُدُ لِمَنْ خَلَقْتَ طِينًا

Transliteration wa-idh qul'nā lil'malāikati us'judū liādama fasajadū illā ib'līsa qāla a-asjudu liman khalaqta ṭīnan

English And [mention] when We said to the angels, "Prostrate to Adam," and they prostrated, except for Iblees. He said, "Should I prostrate to one You created from clay?"

  1. وَإِذْwa-idhAnd when
  2. قُلْنَاqul'nāWe said
  3. لِلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةِlil'malāikatito the Angels
  4. ٱسْجُدُوا۟us'judūProstrate
  5. لِـَٔادَمَliādamato Adam
  6. فَسَجَدُوٓا۟fasajadūSo they prostrated
  7. إِلَّآillāexcept
  8. إِبْلِيسَib'līsaIblis
  9. قَالَqālaHe said
  10. ءَأَسْجُدُa-asjuduShall I prostrate
  11. لِمَنْlimanto (one) whom
  12. خَلَقْتَkhalaqtaYou created
  13. طِينًۭاṭīnan(from) clay

Verse 62

قَالَ أَرَءَيْتَكَ هَـٰذَا ٱلَّذِى كَرَّمْتَ عَلَىَّ لَئِنْ أَخَّرْتَنِ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ لَأَحْتَنِكَنَّ ذُرِّيَّتَهُۥٓ إِلَّا قَلِيلًا

Transliteration qāla ara-aytaka hādhā alladhī karramta ʿalayya la-in akhartani ilā yawmi l-qiyāmati la-aḥtanikanna dhurriyyatahu illā qalīlan

English [Iblees] said, "Do You see this one whom You have honored above me? If You delay me [i.e., my death] until the Day of Resurrection, I will surely destroy his descendants, except for a few."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. أَرَءَيْتَكَara-aytakaDo You see
  3. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  4. ٱلَّذِىalladhīwhom
  5. كَرَّمْتَkarramtaYou have honored
  6. عَلَىَّʿalayyaabove me
  7. لَئِنْla-inIf
  8. أَخَّرْتَنِakhartaniYou give me respite
  9. إِلَىٰilātill
  10. يَوْمِyawmi(the) Day
  11. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِl-qiyāmati(of) the Resurrection
  12. لَأَحْتَنِكَنَّla-aḥtanikannaI will surely destroy
  13. ذُرِّيَّتَهُۥٓdhurriyyatahuhis offspring
  14. إِلَّاillāexcept
  15. قَلِيلًۭاqalīlana few

Verse 63

قَالَ ٱذْهَبْ فَمَن تَبِعَكَ مِنْهُمْ فَإِنَّ جَهَنَّمَ جَزَآؤُكُمْ جَزَآءً مَّوْفُورًا

Transliteration qāla idh'hab faman tabiʿaka min'hum fa-inna jahannama jazāukum jazāan mawfūran

English [Allāh] said, "Go, for whoever of them follows you, indeed Hell will be the recompense of [all of] you - an ample recompense.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. ٱذْهَبْidh'habGo
  3. فَمَنfamanand whoever
  4. تَبِعَكَtabiʿakafollows you
  5. مِنْهُمْmin'humamong them
  6. فَإِنَّfa-innathen indeed
  7. جَهَنَّمَjahannamaHell
  8. جَزَآؤُكُمْjazāukum(is) your recompense
  9. جَزَآءًۭjazāana recompense
  10. مَّوْفُورًۭاmawfūranample

Verse 64

وَٱسْتَفْزِزْ مَنِ ٱسْتَطَعْتَ مِنْهُم بِصَوْتِكَ وَأَجْلِبْ عَلَيْهِم بِخَيْلِكَ وَرَجِلِكَ وَشَارِكْهُمْ فِى ٱلْأَمْوَٰلِ وَٱلْأَوْلَـٰدِ وَعِدْهُمْ ۚ وَمَا يَعِدُهُمُ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُ إِلَّا غُرُورًا

Transliteration wa-is'tafziz mani is'taṭaʿta min'hum biṣawtika wa-ajlib ʿalayhim bikhaylika warajilika washārik'hum fī l-amwāli wal-awlādi waʿid'hum wamā yaʿiduhumu l-shayṭānu illā ghurūran

English And incite [to senselessness] whoever you can among them with your voice and assault them with your horses and foot soldiers and become a partner in their wealth and their children and promise them." But Satan does not promise them except delusion.

  1. وَٱسْتَفْزِزْwa-is'tafzizAnd incite
  2. مَنِmaniwhoever
  3. ٱسْتَطَعْتَis'taṭaʿtayou can
  4. مِنْهُمmin'humamong them
  5. بِصَوْتِكَbiṣawtikawith your voice
  6. وَأَجْلِبْwa-ajliband assault
  7. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhim[on] them
  8. بِخَيْلِكَbikhaylikawith your cavalry
  9. وَرَجِلِكَwarajilikaand infantry
  10. وَشَارِكْهُمْwashārik'humand be a partner
  11. فِىfīin
  12. ٱلْأَمْوَٰلِl-amwālithe wealth
  13. وَٱلْأَوْلَـٰدِwal-awlādiand the children
  14. وَعِدْهُمْ ۚwaʿid'humand promise them
  15. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  16. يَعِدُهُمُyaʿiduhumupromises them
  17. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُl-shayṭānuthe Shaitaan
  18. إِلَّاillāexcept
  19. غُرُورًاghurūrandelusion

Verse 65

إِنَّ عِبَادِى لَيْسَ لَكَ عَلَيْهِمْ سُلْطَـٰنٌ ۚ وَكَفَىٰ بِرَبِّكَ وَكِيلًا

Transliteration inna ʿibādī laysa laka ʿalayhim sul'ṭānun wakafā birabbika wakīlan

English Indeed, over My [believing] servants there is for you no authority. And sufficient is your Lord as Disposer of affairs.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. عِبَادِىʿibādīMy slaves
  3. لَيْسَlaysanot
  4. لَكَlakafor you
  5. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimover them
  6. سُلْطَـٰنٌۭ ۚsul'ṭānunany authority
  7. وَكَفَىٰwakafāAnd sufficient
  8. بِرَبِّكَbirabbika(is) your Lord
  9. وَكِيلًۭاwakīlan(as) a Guardian

Verse 66

رَّبُّكُمُ ٱلَّذِى يُزْجِى لَكُمُ ٱلْفُلْكَ فِى ٱلْبَحْرِ لِتَبْتَغُوا۟ مِن فَضْلِهِۦٓ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ بِكُمْ رَحِيمًا

Transliteration rabbukumu alladhī yuz'jī lakumu l-ful'ka fī l-baḥri litabtaghū min faḍlihi innahu kāna bikum raḥīman

English It is your Lord who drives the ship for you through the sea that you may seek of His bounty. Indeed, He is ever, to you, Merciful.

  1. رَّبُّكُمُrabbukumuYour Lord
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. يُزْجِىyuz'jīdrives
  4. لَكُمُlakumufor you
  5. ٱلْفُلْكَl-ful'kathe ship
  6. فِىfīin
  7. ٱلْبَحْرِl-baḥrithe sea
  8. لِتَبْتَغُوا۟litabtaghūthat you may seek
  9. مِنminof
  10. فَضْلِهِۦٓ ۚfaḍlihiHis Bounty
  11. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
  12. كَانَkānais
  13. بِكُمْbikumto you
  14. رَحِيمًۭاraḥīmanEver Merciful

Verse 67

وَإِذَا مَسَّكُمُ ٱلضُّرُّ فِى ٱلْبَحْرِ ضَلَّ مَن تَدْعُونَ إِلَّآ إِيَّاهُ ۖ فَلَمَّا نَجَّىٰكُمْ إِلَى ٱلْبَرِّ أَعْرَضْتُمْ ۚ وَكَانَ ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُ كَفُورًا

Transliteration wa-idhā massakumu l-ḍuru fī l-baḥri ḍalla man tadʿūna illā iyyāhu falammā najjākum ilā l-bari aʿraḍtum wakāna l-insānu kafūran

English And when adversity touches you at sea, lost are [all] those you invoke except for Him. But when He delivers you to the land, you turn away [from Him]. And ever is man ungrateful.

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. مَسَّكُمُmassakumutouches you
  3. ٱلضُّرُّl-ḍuruthe hardship
  4. فِىfīin
  5. ٱلْبَحْرِl-baḥrithe sea
  6. ضَلَّḍallalost
  7. مَنman(are) who
  8. تَدْعُونَtadʿūnayou call
  9. إِلَّآillāexcept
  10. إِيَّاهُ ۖiyyāhuHim Alone
  11. فَلَمَّاfalammāBut when
  12. نَجَّىٰكُمْnajjākumHe delivers you
  13. إِلَىilāto
  14. ٱلْبَرِّl-barithe land
  15. أَعْرَضْتُمْ ۚaʿraḍtumyou turn away
  16. وَكَانَwakānaAnd is
  17. ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُl-insānuman
  18. كَفُورًاkafūranungrateful

Verse 68

أَفَأَمِنتُمْ أَن يَخْسِفَ بِكُمْ جَانِبَ ٱلْبَرِّ أَوْ يُرْسِلَ عَلَيْكُمْ حَاصِبًا ثُمَّ لَا تَجِدُوا۟ لَكُمْ وَكِيلًا

Transliteration afa-amintum an yakhsifa bikum jāniba l-bari aw yur'sila ʿalaykum ḥāṣiban thumma lā tajidū lakum wakīlan

English Then do you feel secure that [instead] He will not cause a part of the land to swallow you or send against you a storm of stones? Then you would not find for yourselves an advocate.

  1. أَفَأَمِنتُمْafa-amintumDo you then feel secure
  2. أَنanthat (not)
  3. يَخْسِفَyakhsifaHe will cause to swallow
  4. بِكُمْbikumyou
  5. جَانِبَjānibaside
  6. ٱلْبَرِّl-bari(of) the land
  7. أَوْawor
  8. يُرْسِلَyur'silasend
  9. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumagainst you
  10. حَاصِبًۭاḥāṣibana storm of stones
  11. ثُمَّthummaThen
  12. لَاlānot
  13. تَجِدُوا۟tajidūyou will find
  14. لَكُمْlakumfor you
  15. وَكِيلًاwakīlana guardian

Verse 69

أَمْ أَمِنتُمْ أَن يُعِيدَكُمْ فِيهِ تَارَةً أُخْرَىٰ فَيُرْسِلَ عَلَيْكُمْ قَاصِفًا مِّنَ ٱلرِّيحِ فَيُغْرِقَكُم بِمَا كَفَرْتُمْ ۙ ثُمَّ لَا تَجِدُوا۟ لَكُمْ عَلَيْنَا بِهِۦ تَبِيعًا

Transliteration am amintum an yuʿīdakum fīhi tāratan ukh'rā fayur'sila ʿalaykum qāṣifan mina l-rīḥi fayugh'riqakum bimā kafartum thumma lā tajidū lakum ʿalaynā bihi tabīʿan

English Or do you feel secure that He will not send you back into it [i.e., the sea] another time and send upon you a hurricane of wind and drown you for what you denied? Then you would not find for yourselves against Us an avenger.

  1. أَمْamOr
  2. أَمِنتُمْamintumdo you feel secure
  3. أَنanthat (not)
  4. يُعِيدَكُمْyuʿīdakumHe will send you back
  5. فِيهِfīhiinto it
  6. تَارَةًtāratananother time
  7. أُخْرَىٰukh'rāanother time
  8. فَيُرْسِلَfayur'silaand send
  9. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumupon you
  10. قَاصِفًۭاqāṣifana hurricane
  11. مِّنَminaof
  12. ٱلرِّيحِl-rīḥithe wind
  13. فَيُغْرِقَكُمfayugh'riqakumand drown you
  14. بِمَاbimābecause
  15. كَفَرْتُمْ ۙkafartumyou disbelieved
  16. ثُمَّthummaThen
  17. لَاlānot
  18. تَجِدُوا۟tajidūyou will find
  19. لَكُمْlakumfor you
  20. عَلَيْنَاʿalaynāagainst Us
  21. بِهِۦbihitherein
  22. تَبِيعًۭاtabīʿanan avenger

Verse 70

۞ وَلَقَدْ كَرَّمْنَا بَنِىٓ ءَادَمَ وَحَمَلْنَـٰهُمْ فِى ٱلْبَرِّ وَٱلْبَحْرِ وَرَزَقْنَـٰهُم مِّنَ ٱلطَّيِّبَـٰتِ وَفَضَّلْنَـٰهُمْ عَلَىٰ كَثِيرٍ مِّمَّنْ خَلَقْنَا تَفْضِيلًا

Transliteration walaqad karramnā banī ādama waḥamalnāhum fī l-bari wal-baḥri warazaqnāhum mina l-ṭayibāti wafaḍḍalnāhum ʿalā kathīrin mimman khalaqnā tafḍīlan

English And We have certainly honored the children of Adam and carried them on the land and sea and provided for them of the good things and preferred them over much of what We have created, with [definite] preference.

  1. ۞ وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
  2. كَرَّمْنَاkarramnāWe have honored
  3. بَنِىٓbanī(the) children of Adam
  4. ءَادَمَādama(the) children of Adam
  5. وَحَمَلْنَـٰهُمْwaḥamalnāhumand We carried them
  6. فِىfīon
  7. ٱلْبَرِّl-barithe land
  8. وَٱلْبَحْرِwal-baḥriand the sea
  9. وَرَزَقْنَـٰهُمwarazaqnāhumand We have provided them
  10. مِّنَminaof
  11. ٱلطَّيِّبَـٰتِl-ṭayibātithe good things
  12. وَفَضَّلْنَـٰهُمْwafaḍḍalnāhumand We preferred them
  13. عَلَىٰʿalāover
  14. كَثِيرٍۢkathīrinmany
  15. مِّمَّنْmimmanof those whom
  16. خَلَقْنَاkhalaqnāWe have created
  17. تَفْضِيلًۭاtafḍīlan(with) preference

Verse 71

يَوْمَ نَدْعُوا۟ كُلَّ أُنَاسٍۭ بِإِمَـٰمِهِمْ ۖ فَمَنْ أُوتِىَ كِتَـٰبَهُۥ بِيَمِينِهِۦ فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ يَقْرَءُونَ كِتَـٰبَهُمْ وَلَا يُظْلَمُونَ فَتِيلًا

Transliteration yawma nadʿū kulla unāsin bi-imāmihim faman ūtiya kitābahu biyamīnihi fa-ulāika yaqraūna kitābahum walā yuẓ'lamūna fatīlan

English [Mention, O Muḥammad], the Day We will call forth every people with their record [of deeds]. Then whoever is given his record in his right hand - those will read their records, and injustice will not be done to them, [even] as much as a thread [inside the date seed].

  1. يَوْمَyawma(The) Day
  2. نَدْعُوا۟nadʿūWe will call
  3. كُلَّkullaall
  4. أُنَاسٍۭunāsinhuman beings
  5. بِإِمَـٰمِهِمْ ۖbi-imāmihimwith their record
  6. فَمَنْfamanthen whoever
  7. أُوتِىَūtiyais given
  8. كِتَـٰبَهُۥkitābahuhis record
  9. بِيَمِينِهِۦbiyamīnihiin his right hand
  10. فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَfa-ulāikathen those
  11. يَقْرَءُونَyaqraūnawill read
  12. كِتَـٰبَهُمْkitābahumtheir records
  13. وَلَاwalāand not
  14. يُظْلَمُونَyuẓ'lamūnathey will be wronged
  15. فَتِيلًۭاfatīlan(even as much as) a hair on a date seed

Verse 72

وَمَن كَانَ فِى هَـٰذِهِۦٓ أَعْمَىٰ فَهُوَ فِى ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ أَعْمَىٰ وَأَضَلُّ سَبِيلًا

Transliteration waman kāna fī hādhihi aʿmā fahuwa fī l-ākhirati aʿmā wa-aḍallu sabīlan

English And whoever is blind in this [life] will be blind in the Hereafter and more astray in way.

  1. وَمَنwamanAnd whoever
  2. كَانَkānais
  3. فِىfīin
  4. هَـٰذِهِۦٓhādhihithis (world)
  5. أَعْمَىٰaʿmāblind
  6. فَهُوَfahuwathen he
  7. فِىfīin
  8. ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِl-ākhiratithe Hereafter
  9. أَعْمَىٰaʿmā(will be) blind
  10. وَأَضَلُّwa-aḍalluand more astray
  11. سَبِيلًۭاsabīlan(from the) path

Verse 73

وَإِن كَادُوا۟ لَيَفْتِنُونَكَ عَنِ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَوْحَيْنَآ إِلَيْكَ لِتَفْتَرِىَ عَلَيْنَا غَيْرَهُۥ ۖ وَإِذًا لَّٱتَّخَذُوكَ خَلِيلًا

Transliteration wa-in kādū layaftinūnaka ʿani alladhī awḥaynā ilayka litaftariya ʿalaynā ghayrahu wa-idhan la-ittakhadhūka khalīlan

English And indeed, they were about to tempt you away from that which We revealed to you in order to [make] you invent about Us something else; and then they would have taken you as a friend.

  1. وَإِنwa-inAnd indeed
  2. كَادُوا۟kādūthey were about (to)
  3. لَيَفْتِنُونَكَlayaftinūnakatempt you away
  4. عَنِʿanifrom
  5. ٱلَّذِىٓalladhīthat which
  6. أَوْحَيْنَآawḥaynāWe revealed
  7. إِلَيْكَilaykato you
  8. لِتَفْتَرِىَlitaftariyathat you invent
  9. عَلَيْنَاʿalaynāabout Us
  10. غَيْرَهُۥ ۖghayrahuother (than) it
  11. وَإِذًۭاwa-idhanAnd then
  12. لَّٱتَّخَذُوكَla-ittakhadhūkasurely they would take you
  13. خَلِيلًۭاkhalīlan(as) a friend

Verse 74

وَلَوْلَآ أَن ثَبَّتْنَـٰكَ لَقَدْ كِدتَّ تَرْكَنُ إِلَيْهِمْ شَيْـًٔا قَلِيلًا

Transliteration walawlā an thabbatnāka laqad kidtta tarkanu ilayhim shayan qalīlan

English And if We had not strengthened you, you would have almost inclined to them a little.

  1. وَلَوْلَآwalawlāAnd if not
  2. أَنan[that]
  3. ثَبَّتْنَـٰكَthabbatnākaWe (had) strengthened you
  4. لَقَدْlaqadcertainly
  5. كِدتَّkidttayou almost
  6. تَرْكَنُtarkanu(would) have inclined
  7. إِلَيْهِمْilayhimto them
  8. شَيْـًۭٔاshayan(in) something
  9. قَلِيلًاqalīlana little

Verse 75

إِذًا لَّأَذَقْنَـٰكَ ضِعْفَ ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ وَضِعْفَ ٱلْمَمَاتِ ثُمَّ لَا تَجِدُ لَكَ عَلَيْنَا نَصِيرًا

Transliteration idhan la-adhaqnāka ḍiʿ'fa l-ḥayati waḍiʿ'fa l-mamāti thumma lā tajidu laka ʿalaynā naṣīran

English Then [if you had], We would have made you taste double [punishment in] life and double [after] death. Then you would not find for yourself against Us a helper.

  1. إِذًۭاidhanThen
  2. لَّأَذَقْنَـٰكَla-adhaqnākaWe (would) have made you taste
  3. ضِعْفَḍiʿ'fadouble
  4. ٱلْحَيَوٰةِl-ḥayati(in) the life
  5. وَضِعْفَwaḍiʿ'faand double
  6. ٱلْمَمَاتِl-mamāti(after) the death
  7. ثُمَّthummaThen
  8. لَاlānot
  9. تَجِدُtajiduyou (would) have found
  10. لَكَlakafor you
  11. عَلَيْنَاʿalaynāagainst Us
  12. نَصِيرًۭاnaṣīranany helper

Verse 76

وَإِن كَادُوا۟ لَيَسْتَفِزُّونَكَ مِنَ ٱلْأَرْضِ لِيُخْرِجُوكَ مِنْهَا ۖ وَإِذًا لَّا يَلْبَثُونَ خِلَـٰفَكَ إِلَّا قَلِيلًا

Transliteration wa-in kādū layastafizzūnaka mina l-arḍi liyukh'rijūka min'hā wa-idhan lā yalbathūna khilāfaka illā qalīlan

English And indeed, they were about to provoke [i.e., drive] you from the land [i.e., Makkah] to evict you therefrom. And then [when they do], they will not remain [there] after you, except for a little.

  1. وَإِنwa-inAnd indeed
  2. كَادُوا۟kādūthey were about
  3. لَيَسْتَفِزُّونَكَlayastafizzūnaka(to) scare you
  4. مِنَminafrom
  5. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe land
  6. لِيُخْرِجُوكَliyukh'rijūkathat they evict you
  7. مِنْهَا ۖmin'hāfrom it
  8. وَإِذًۭاwa-idhanBut then
  9. لَّاlānot
  10. يَلْبَثُونَyalbathūnathey (would) have stayed
  11. خِلَـٰفَكَkhilāfakaafter you
  12. إِلَّاillāexcept
  13. قَلِيلًۭاqalīlana little

Verse 77

سُنَّةَ مَن قَدْ أَرْسَلْنَا قَبْلَكَ مِن رُّسُلِنَا ۖ وَلَا تَجِدُ لِسُنَّتِنَا تَحْوِيلًا

Transliteration sunnata man qad arsalnā qablaka min rusulinā walā tajidu lisunnatinā taḥwīlan

English [That is Our] established way for those We had sent before you of Our messengers; and you will not find in Our way any alteration.

  1. سُنَّةَsunnata(Such is Our) Way
  2. مَنman(for) whom
  3. قَدْqad[verily]
  4. أَرْسَلْنَاarsalnāWe sent
  5. قَبْلَكَqablakabefore you
  6. مِنminof
  7. رُّسُلِنَا ۖrusulināOur Messengers
  8. وَلَاwalāAnd not
  9. تَجِدُtajiduyou will find
  10. لِسُنَّتِنَاlisunnatinā(in) Our way
  11. تَحْوِيلًاtaḥwīlanany alteration

Verse 78

أَقِمِ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ لِدُلُوكِ ٱلشَّمْسِ إِلَىٰ غَسَقِ ٱلَّيْلِ وَقُرْءَانَ ٱلْفَجْرِ ۖ إِنَّ قُرْءَانَ ٱلْفَجْرِ كَانَ مَشْهُودًا

Transliteration aqimi l-ṣalata lidulūki l-shamsi ilā ghasaqi al-layli waqur'āna l-fajri inna qur'āna l-fajri kāna mashhūdan

English Establish prayer at the decline of the sun [from its meridian] until the darkness of the night and [also] the Qur’ān [i.e., recitation] of dawn. Indeed, the recitation of dawn is ever witnessed.

  1. أَقِمِaqimiEstablish
  2. ٱلصَّلَوٰةَl-ṣalatathe prayer
  3. لِدُلُوكِlidulūkiat the decline
  4. ٱلشَّمْسِl-shamsi(of) the sun
  5. إِلَىٰilātill
  6. غَسَقِghasaqi(the) darkness
  7. ٱلَّيْلِal-layli(of) the night
  8. وَقُرْءَانَwaqur'ānaand Quran
  9. ٱلْفَجْرِ ۖl-fajriat dawn
  10. إِنَّinnaindeed
  11. قُرْءَانَqur'ānathe Quran
  12. ٱلْفَجْرِl-fajri(at) the dawn
  13. كَانَkānais
  14. مَشْهُودًۭاmashhūdanever witnessed

Verse 79

وَمِنَ ٱلَّيْلِ فَتَهَجَّدْ بِهِۦ نَافِلَةً لَّكَ عَسَىٰٓ أَن يَبْعَثَكَ رَبُّكَ مَقَامًا مَّحْمُودًا

Transliteration wamina al-layli fatahajjad bihi nāfilatan laka ʿasā an yabʿathaka rabbuka maqāman maḥmūdan

English And from [part of] the night, pray with it [i.e., recitation of the Qur’ān] as additional [worship] for you; it is expected that your Lord will resurrect you to a praised station.

  1. وَمِنَwaminaAnd from
  2. ٱلَّيْلِal-laylithe night
  3. فَتَهَجَّدْfatahajjadarise from sleep for prayer
  4. بِهِۦbihiwith it
  5. نَافِلَةًۭnāfilatan(as) additional
  6. لَّكَlakafor you
  7. عَسَىٰٓʿasāit may be
  8. أَنanthat
  9. يَبْعَثَكَyabʿathakawill raise you
  10. رَبُّكَrabbukayour Lord
  11. مَقَامًۭاmaqāman(to) a station
  12. مَّحْمُودًۭاmaḥmūdanpraiseworthy

Verse 80

وَقُل رَّبِّ أَدْخِلْنِى مُدْخَلَ صِدْقٍ وَأَخْرِجْنِى مُخْرَجَ صِدْقٍ وَٱجْعَل لِّى مِن لَّدُنكَ سُلْطَـٰنًا نَّصِيرًا

Transliteration waqul rabbi adkhil'nī mud'khala ṣid'qin wa-akhrij'nī mukh'raja ṣid'qin wa-ij'ʿal lī min ladunka sul'ṭānan naṣīran

English And say, "My Lord, cause me to enter a sound entrance and to exit a sound exit and grant me from Yourself a supporting authority."

  1. وَقُلwaqulAnd say
  2. رَّبِّrabbiMy Lord
  3. أَدْخِلْنِىadkhil'nīCause me to enter
  4. مُدْخَلَmud'khalaan entrance
  5. صِدْقٍۢṣid'qinsound
  6. وَأَخْرِجْنِىwa-akhrij'nīand cause me to exit
  7. مُخْرَجَmukh'rajaan exit
  8. صِدْقٍۢṣid'qinsound
  9. وَٱجْعَلwa-ij'ʿaland make
  10. لِّىlīfor me
  11. مِنminfrom
  12. لَّدُنكَladunkanear You
  13. سُلْطَـٰنًۭاsul'ṭānanan authority
  14. نَّصِيرًۭاnaṣīranhelping

Verse 81

وَقُلْ جَآءَ ٱلْحَقُّ وَزَهَقَ ٱلْبَـٰطِلُ ۚ إِنَّ ٱلْبَـٰطِلَ كَانَ زَهُوقًا

Transliteration waqul jāa l-ḥaqu wazahaqa l-bāṭilu inna l-bāṭila kāna zahūqan

English And say, "Truth has come, and falsehood has departed. Indeed is falsehood, [by nature], ever bound to depart."

  1. وَقُلْwaqulAnd say
  2. جَآءَjāaHas come
  3. ٱلْحَقُّl-ḥaquthe truth
  4. وَزَهَقَwazahaqaand perished
  5. ٱلْبَـٰطِلُ ۚl-bāṭiluthe falsehood
  6. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  7. ٱلْبَـٰطِلَl-bāṭilathe falsehood
  8. كَانَkānais
  9. زَهُوقًۭاzahūqan(bound) to perish

Verse 82

وَنُنَزِّلُ مِنَ ٱلْقُرْءَانِ مَا هُوَ شِفَآءٌ وَرَحْمَةٌ لِّلْمُؤْمِنِينَ ۙ وَلَا يَزِيدُ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ إِلَّا خَسَارًا

Transliteration wanunazzilu mina l-qur'āni mā huwa shifāon waraḥmatun lil'mu'minīna walā yazīdu l-ẓālimīna illā khasāran

English And We send down of the Qur’ān that which is healing and mercy for the believers, but it does not increase the wrongdoers except in loss.

  1. وَنُنَزِّلُwanunazziluAnd We reveal
  2. مِنَminafrom
  3. ٱلْقُرْءَانِl-qur'ānithe Quran
  4. مَاmāthat
  5. هُوَhuwait
  6. شِفَآءٌۭshifāon(is) a healing
  7. وَرَحْمَةٌۭwaraḥmatunand a mercy
  8. لِّلْمُؤْمِنِينَ ۙlil'mu'minīnafor the believers
  9. وَلَاwalābut not
  10. يَزِيدُyazīduit increases
  11. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers
  12. إِلَّاillāexcept
  13. خَسَارًۭاkhasāran(in) loss

Verse 83

وَإِذَآ أَنْعَمْنَا عَلَى ٱلْإِنسَـٰنِ أَعْرَضَ وَنَـَٔا بِجَانِبِهِۦ ۖ وَإِذَا مَسَّهُ ٱلشَّرُّ كَانَ يَـُٔوسًا

Transliteration wa-idhā anʿamnā ʿalā l-insāni aʿraḍa wanaā bijānibihi wa-idhā massahu l-sharu kāna yaūsan

English And when We bestow favor upon man [i.e., the disbeliever], he turns away and distances himself; and when evil touches him, he is ever despairing.

  1. وَإِذَآwa-idhāAnd when
  2. أَنْعَمْنَاanʿamnāWe bestow favor
  3. عَلَىʿalāon
  4. ٱلْإِنسَـٰنِl-insāniman
  5. أَعْرَضَaʿraḍahe turns away
  6. وَنَـَٔاwanaāand becomes remote
  7. بِجَانِبِهِۦ ۖbijānibihion his side
  8. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  9. مَسَّهُmassahutouches him
  10. ٱلشَّرُّl-sharuthe evil
  11. كَانَkānahe is
  12. يَـُٔوسًۭاyaūsan(in) despair

Verse 84

قُلْ كُلٌّ يَعْمَلُ عَلَىٰ شَاكِلَتِهِۦ فَرَبُّكُمْ أَعْلَمُ بِمَنْ هُوَ أَهْدَىٰ سَبِيلًا

Transliteration qul kullun yaʿmalu ʿalā shākilatihi farabbukum aʿlamu biman huwa ahdā sabīlan

English Say, "Each works according to his manner, but your Lord is most knowing of who is best guided in way."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. كُلٌّۭkullunEach
  3. يَعْمَلُyaʿmaluworks
  4. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  5. شَاكِلَتِهِۦshākilatihihis manner
  6. فَرَبُّكُمْfarabbukumbut your Lord
  7. أَعْلَمُaʿlamu(is) most knowing
  8. بِمَنْbimanof who
  9. هُوَhuwa[he]
  10. أَهْدَىٰahdā(is) best guided
  11. سَبِيلًۭاsabīlan(in) way

Verse 85

وَيَسْـَٔلُونَكَ عَنِ ٱلرُّوحِ ۖ قُلِ ٱلرُّوحُ مِنْ أَمْرِ رَبِّى وَمَآ أُوتِيتُم مِّنَ ٱلْعِلْمِ إِلَّا قَلِيلًا

Transliteration wayasalūnaka ʿani l-rūḥi quli l-rūḥu min amri rabbī wamā ūtītum mina l-ʿil'mi illā qalīlan

English And they ask you, [O Muḥammad], about the soul. Say, "The soul is of the affair [i.e., concern] of my Lord. And you [i.e., mankind] have not been given of knowledge except a little."

  1. وَيَسْـَٔلُونَكَwayasalūnakaAnd they ask you
  2. عَنِʿaniconcerning
  3. ٱلرُّوحِ ۖl-rūḥithe soul
  4. قُلِquliSay
  5. ٱلرُّوحُl-rūḥuThe soul
  6. مِنْmin(is) of
  7. أَمْرِamri(the) affair
  8. رَبِّىrabbī(of) my Lord
  9. وَمَآwamāAnd not
  10. أُوتِيتُمūtītumyou have been given
  11. مِّنَminaof
  12. ٱلْعِلْمِl-ʿil'mithe knowledge
  13. إِلَّاillāexcept
  14. قَلِيلًۭاqalīlana little

Verse 86

وَلَئِن شِئْنَا لَنَذْهَبَنَّ بِٱلَّذِىٓ أَوْحَيْنَآ إِلَيْكَ ثُمَّ لَا تَجِدُ لَكَ بِهِۦ عَلَيْنَا وَكِيلًا

Transliteration wala-in shi'nā lanadhhabanna bi-alladhī awḥaynā ilayka thumma lā tajidu laka bihi ʿalaynā wakīlan

English And if We willed, We could surely do away with that which We revealed to you. Then you would not find for yourself concerning it an advocate against Us.

  1. وَلَئِنwala-inAnd if
  2. شِئْنَاshi'nāWe willed
  3. لَنَذْهَبَنَّlanadhhabannaWe (would) have surely taken away
  4. بِٱلَّذِىٓbi-alladhīthat which
  5. أَوْحَيْنَآawḥaynāWe have revealed
  6. إِلَيْكَilaykato you
  7. ثُمَّthummaThen
  8. لَاlānot
  9. تَجِدُtajiduyou would find
  10. لَكَlakafor you
  11. بِهِۦbihiconcerning it
  12. عَلَيْنَاʿalaynāagainst Us
  13. وَكِيلًاwakīlanany advocate

Verse 87

إِلَّا رَحْمَةً مِّن رَّبِّكَ ۚ إِنَّ فَضْلَهُۥ كَانَ عَلَيْكَ كَبِيرًا

Transliteration illā raḥmatan min rabbika inna faḍlahu kāna ʿalayka kabīran

English Except [We have left it with you] as a mercy from your Lord. Indeed, His favor upon you has ever been great.

  1. إِلَّاillāExcept
  2. رَحْمَةًۭraḥmatana mercy
  3. مِّنminfrom
  4. رَّبِّكَ ۚrabbikayour Lord
  5. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  6. فَضْلَهُۥfaḍlahuHis Bounty
  7. كَانَkānais
  8. عَلَيْكَʿalaykaupon you
  9. كَبِيرًۭاkabīrangreat

Verse 88

قُل لَّئِنِ ٱجْتَمَعَتِ ٱلْإِنسُ وَٱلْجِنُّ عَلَىٰٓ أَن يَأْتُوا۟ بِمِثْلِ هَـٰذَا ٱلْقُرْءَانِ لَا يَأْتُونَ بِمِثْلِهِۦ وَلَوْ كَانَ بَعْضُهُمْ لِبَعْضٍ ظَهِيرًا

Transliteration qul la-ini ij'tamaʿati l-insu wal-jinu ʿalā an yatū bimith'li hādhā l-qur'āni lā yatūna bimith'lihi walaw kāna baʿḍuhum libaʿḍin ẓahīran

English Say, "If mankind and the jinn gathered in order to produce the like of this Qur’ān, they could not produce the like of it, even if they were to each other assistants."

  1. قُلqulSay
  2. لَّئِنِla-iniIf
  3. ٱجْتَمَعَتِij'tamaʿatigathered
  4. ٱلْإِنسُl-insuthe mankind
  5. وَٱلْجِنُّwal-jinuand the jinn
  6. عَلَىٰٓʿalāto
  7. أَنan[that]
  8. يَأْتُوا۟yatūbring
  9. بِمِثْلِbimith'lithe like
  10. هَـٰذَاhādhā(of) this
  11. ٱلْقُرْءَانِl-qur'āniQuran
  12. لَاlānot
  13. يَأْتُونَyatūnathey (could) bring
  14. بِمِثْلِهِۦbimith'lihithe like of it
  15. وَلَوْwalaweven if
  16. كَانَkānawere
  17. بَعْضُهُمْbaʿḍuhumsome of them
  18. لِبَعْضٍۢlibaʿḍinto some others
  19. ظَهِيرًۭاẓahīranassistants

Verse 89

وَلَقَدْ صَرَّفْنَا لِلنَّاسِ فِى هَـٰذَا ٱلْقُرْءَانِ مِن كُلِّ مَثَلٍ فَأَبَىٰٓ أَكْثَرُ ٱلنَّاسِ إِلَّا كُفُورًا

Transliteration walaqad ṣarrafnā lilnnāsi fī hādhā l-qur'āni min kulli mathalin fa-abā aktharu l-nāsi illā kufūran

English And We have certainly diversified for the people in this Qur’ān from every [kind of] example, but most of the people refused except disbelief.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd verily
  2. صَرَّفْنَاṣarrafnāWe have explained
  3. لِلنَّاسِlilnnāsito mankind
  4. فِىfīin
  5. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  6. ٱلْقُرْءَانِl-qur'āniQuran
  7. مِنminfrom
  8. كُلِّkullievery
  9. مَثَلٍۢmathalinexample
  10. فَأَبَىٰٓfa-abābut refused
  11. أَكْثَرُaktharumost
  12. ٱلنَّاسِl-nāsi(of) the mankind
  13. إِلَّاillāexcept
  14. كُفُورًۭاkufūrandisbelief

Verse 90

وَقَالُوا۟ لَن نُّؤْمِنَ لَكَ حَتَّىٰ تَفْجُرَ لَنَا مِنَ ٱلْأَرْضِ يَنۢبُوعًا

Transliteration waqālū lan nu'mina laka ḥattā tafjura lanā mina l-arḍi yanbūʿan

English And they say, "We will not believe you until you break open for us from the ground a spring

  1. وَقَالُوا۟waqālūAnd they say
  2. لَنlanNever
  3. نُّؤْمِنَnu'minawe will believe
  4. لَكَlakain you
  5. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  6. تَفْجُرَtafjurayou cause to gush forth
  7. لَنَاlanāfor us
  8. مِنَminafrom
  9. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  10. يَنۢبُوعًاyanbūʿana spring

Verse 91

أَوْ تَكُونَ لَكَ جَنَّةٌ مِّن نَّخِيلٍ وَعِنَبٍ فَتُفَجِّرَ ٱلْأَنْهَـٰرَ خِلَـٰلَهَا تَفْجِيرًا

Transliteration aw takūna laka jannatun min nakhīlin waʿinabin fatufajjira l-anhāra khilālahā tafjīran

English Or [until] you have a garden of palm trees and grapes and make rivers gush forth within them in force [and abundance]

  1. أَوْawOr
  2. تَكُونَtakūnayou have
  3. لَكَlakafor you
  4. جَنَّةٌۭjannatuna garden
  5. مِّنminof
  6. نَّخِيلٍۢnakhīlindate-palms
  7. وَعِنَبٍۢwaʿinabinand grapes
  8. فَتُفَجِّرَfatufajjiraand cause to gush forth
  9. ٱلْأَنْهَـٰرَl-anhārathe rivers
  10. خِلَـٰلَهَاkhilālahāwithin them
  11. تَفْجِيرًاtafjīranabundantly

Verse 92

أَوْ تُسْقِطَ ٱلسَّمَآءَ كَمَا زَعَمْتَ عَلَيْنَا كِسَفًا أَوْ تَأْتِىَ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةِ قَبِيلًا

Transliteration aw tus'qiṭa l-samāa kamā zaʿamta ʿalaynā kisafan aw tatiya bil-lahi wal-malāikati qabīlan

English Or you make the heaven fall upon us in fragments as you have claimed or you bring Allāh and the angels before [us]

  1. أَوْawOr
  2. تُسْقِطَtus'qiṭayou cause to fall
  3. ٱلسَّمَآءَl-samāathe sky
  4. كَمَاkamāas
  5. زَعَمْتَzaʿamtayou have claimed
  6. عَلَيْنَاʿalaynāupon us
  7. كِسَفًاkisafan(in) pieces
  8. أَوْawor
  9. تَأْتِىَtatiyayou bring
  10. بِٱللَّهِbil-lahiAllah
  11. وَٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةِwal-malāikatiand the Angels
  12. قَبِيلًاqabīlanbefore (us)

Verse 93

أَوْ يَكُونَ لَكَ بَيْتٌ مِّن زُخْرُفٍ أَوْ تَرْقَىٰ فِى ٱلسَّمَآءِ وَلَن نُّؤْمِنَ لِرُقِيِّكَ حَتَّىٰ تُنَزِّلَ عَلَيْنَا كِتَـٰبًا نَّقْرَؤُهُۥ ۗ قُلْ سُبْحَانَ رَبِّى هَلْ كُنتُ إِلَّا بَشَرًا رَّسُولًا

Transliteration aw yakūna laka baytun min zukh'rufin aw tarqā fī l-samāi walan nu'mina liruqiyyika ḥattā tunazzila ʿalaynā kitāban naqra-uhu qul sub'ḥāna rabbī hal kuntu illā basharan rasūlan

English Or you have a house of ornament [i.e., gold] or you ascend into the sky. And [even then], we will not believe in your ascension until you bring down to us a book we may read." Say, "Exalted is my Lord! Was I ever but a human messenger?"

  1. أَوْawOr
  2. يَكُونَyakūnais
  3. لَكَlakafor you
  4. بَيْتٌۭbaytuna house
  5. مِّنminof
  6. زُخْرُفٍzukh'rufinornament
  7. أَوْawor
  8. تَرْقَىٰtarqāyou ascend
  9. فِىfīinto
  10. ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāithe sky
  11. وَلَنwalanAnd never
  12. نُّؤْمِنَnu'minawe will believe
  13. لِرُقِيِّكَliruqiyyikain your ascension
  14. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  15. تُنَزِّلَtunazzilayou bring down
  16. عَلَيْنَاʿalaynāto us
  17. كِتَـٰبًۭاkitābana book
  18. نَّقْرَؤُهُۥ ۗnaqra-uhuwe could read it
  19. قُلْqulSay
  20. سُبْحَانَsub'ḥānaGlorified (is)
  21. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  22. هَلْhalWhat
  23. كُنتُkuntuam I
  24. إِلَّاillābut
  25. بَشَرًۭاbasharana human
  26. رَّسُولًۭاrasūlana Messenger

Verse 94

وَمَا مَنَعَ ٱلنَّاسَ أَن يُؤْمِنُوٓا۟ إِذْ جَآءَهُمُ ٱلْهُدَىٰٓ إِلَّآ أَن قَالُوٓا۟ أَبَعَثَ ٱللَّهُ بَشَرًا رَّسُولًا

Transliteration wamā manaʿa l-nāsa an yu'minū idh jāahumu l-hudā illā an qālū abaʿatha l-lahu basharan rasūlan

English And what prevented the people from believing when guidance came to them except that they said, "Has Allāh sent a human messenger?"

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd what
  2. مَنَعَmanaʿaprevented
  3. ٱلنَّاسَl-nāsathe people
  4. أَنanthat
  5. يُؤْمِنُوٓا۟yu'minūthey believe
  6. إِذْidhwhen
  7. جَآءَهُمُjāahumucame to them
  8. ٱلْهُدَىٰٓl-hudāthe guidance
  9. إِلَّآillāexcept
  10. أَنanthat
  11. قَالُوٓا۟qālūthey said
  12. أَبَعَثَabaʿathaHas Allah sent
  13. ٱللَّهُl-lahuHas Allah sent
  14. بَشَرًۭاbasharana human
  15. رَّسُولًۭاrasūlanMessenger

Verse 95

قُل لَّوْ كَانَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ مَلَـٰٓئِكَةٌ يَمْشُونَ مُطْمَئِنِّينَ لَنَزَّلْنَا عَلَيْهِم مِّنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ مَلَكًا رَّسُولًا

Transliteration qul law kāna fī l-arḍi malāikatun yamshūna muṭ'ma-innīna lanazzalnā ʿalayhim mina l-samāi malakan rasūlan

English Say, "If there were upon the earth angels walking securely, We would have sent down to them from the heaven an angel [as a] messenger."

  1. قُلqulSay
  2. لَّوْlawIf
  3. كَانَkāna(there) were
  4. فِىfīin
  5. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  6. مَلَـٰٓئِكَةٌۭmalāikatunAngels
  7. يَمْشُونَyamshūnawalking
  8. مُطْمَئِنِّينَmuṭ'ma-innīnasecurely
  9. لَنَزَّلْنَاlanazzalnāsurely We (would) have sent down
  10. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimto them
  11. مِّنَminafrom
  12. ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāithe heaven
  13. مَلَكًۭاmalakanan Angel
  14. رَّسُولًۭاrasūlan(as) a Messenger

Verse 96

قُلْ كَفَىٰ بِٱللَّهِ شَهِيدًۢا بَيْنِى وَبَيْنَكُمْ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ بِعِبَادِهِۦ خَبِيرًۢا بَصِيرًا

Transliteration qul kafā bil-lahi shahīdan baynī wabaynakum innahu kāna biʿibādihi khabīran baṣīran

English Say, "Sufficient is Allāh as Witness between me and you. Indeed He is ever, concerning His servants, Aware and Seeing."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. كَفَىٰkafāSufficient is
  3. بِٱللَّهِbil-lahiAllah
  4. شَهِيدًۢاshahīdan(as) a witness
  5. بَيْنِىbaynībetween me
  6. وَبَيْنَكُمْ ۚwabaynakumand between you
  7. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
  8. كَانَkānais
  9. بِعِبَادِهِۦbiʿibādihiof His slaves
  10. خَبِيرًۢاkhabīranAll-Aware
  11. بَصِيرًۭاbaṣīranAll-Seer

Verse 97

وَمَن يَهْدِ ٱللَّهُ فَهُوَ ٱلْمُهْتَدِ ۖ وَمَن يُضْلِلْ فَلَن تَجِدَ لَهُمْ أَوْلِيَآءَ مِن دُونِهِۦ ۖ وَنَحْشُرُهُمْ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ عَلَىٰ وُجُوهِهِمْ عُمْيًا وَبُكْمًا وَصُمًّا ۖ مَّأْوَىٰهُمْ جَهَنَّمُ ۖ كُلَّمَا خَبَتْ زِدْنَـٰهُمْ سَعِيرًا

Transliteration waman yahdi l-lahu fahuwa l-muh'tadi waman yuḍ'lil falan tajida lahum awliyāa min dūnihi wanaḥshuruhum yawma l-qiyāmati ʿalā wujūhihim ʿum'yan wabuk'man waṣumman mawāhum jahannamu kullamā khabat zid'nāhum saʿīran

English And whoever Allāh guides - he is the [rightly] guided; and whoever He sends astray - you will never find for them protectors besides Him, and We will gather them on the Day of Resurrection [fallen] on their faces - blind, dumb and deaf. Their refuge is Hell; every time it subsides, We increase [for] them blazing fire.

  1. وَمَنwamanAnd whoever
  2. يَهْدِyahdiAllah guides
  3. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah guides
  4. فَهُوَfahuwathen he (is)
  5. ٱلْمُهْتَدِ ۖl-muh'tadithe guided one
  6. وَمَنwamanand whoever
  7. يُضْلِلْyuḍ'lilHe lets go astray
  8. فَلَنfalanthen never
  9. تَجِدَtajidayou will find
  10. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  11. أَوْلِيَآءَawliyāaprotectors
  12. مِنminbesides Him
  13. دُونِهِۦ ۖdūnihibesides Him
  14. وَنَحْشُرُهُمْwanaḥshuruhumAnd We will gather them
  15. يَوْمَyawma(on) the Day
  16. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِl-qiyāmati(of) the Resurrection
  17. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  18. وُجُوهِهِمْwujūhihimtheir faces
  19. عُمْيًۭاʿum'yanblind
  20. وَبُكْمًۭاwabuk'manand dumb
  21. وَصُمًّۭا ۖwaṣummanand deaf
  22. مَّأْوَىٰهُمْmawāhumTheir abode
  23. جَهَنَّمُ ۖjahannamu(is) Hell
  24. كُلَّمَاkullamāevery time
  25. خَبَتْkhabatit subsides
  26. زِدْنَـٰهُمْzid'nāhumWe (will) increase (for) them
  27. سَعِيرًۭاsaʿīranthe blazing fire

Verse 98

ذَٰلِكَ جَزَآؤُهُم بِأَنَّهُمْ كَفَرُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا وَقَالُوٓا۟ أَءِذَا كُنَّا عِظَـٰمًا وَرُفَـٰتًا أَءِنَّا لَمَبْعُوثُونَ خَلْقًا جَدِيدًا

Transliteration dhālika jazāuhum bi-annahum kafarū biāyātinā waqālū a-idhā kunnā ʿiẓāman warufātan a-innā lamabʿūthūna khalqan jadīdan

English That is their recompense because they disbelieved in Our verses and said, "When we are bones and crumbled particles, will we [truly] be resurrected [in] a new creation?"

  1. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  2. جَزَآؤُهُمjazāuhum(is) their recompense
  3. بِأَنَّهُمْbi-annahumbecause they
  4. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieved
  5. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināin Our Verses
  6. وَقَالُوٓا۟waqālūand said
  7. أَءِذَاa-idhāWhen
  8. كُنَّاkunnāwe are
  9. عِظَـٰمًۭاʿiẓāmanbones
  10. وَرُفَـٰتًاwarufātanand crumbled particles
  11. أَءِنَّاa-innāwill we
  12. لَمَبْعُوثُونَlamabʿūthūnasurely (be) resurrected
  13. خَلْقًۭاkhalqan(as) a creation
  14. جَدِيدًاjadīdannew

Verse 99

۞ أَوَلَمْ يَرَوْا۟ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ قَادِرٌ عَلَىٰٓ أَن يَخْلُقَ مِثْلَهُمْ وَجَعَلَ لَهُمْ أَجَلًا لَّا رَيْبَ فِيهِ فَأَبَى ٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَ إِلَّا كُفُورًا

Transliteration awalam yaraw anna l-laha alladhī khalaqa l-samāwāti wal-arḍa qādirun ʿalā an yakhluqa mith'lahum wajaʿala lahum ajalan lā rayba fīhi fa-abā l-ẓālimūna illā kufūran

English Do they not see that Allāh, who created the heavens and earth, is [the one] Able to create the likes of them? And He has appointed for them a term, about which there is no doubt. But the wrongdoers refuse except disbelief.

  1. ۞ أَوَلَمْawalamDo not
  2. يَرَوْا۟yarawthey see
  3. أَنَّannathat
  4. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  5. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe One Who
  6. خَلَقَkhalaqacreated
  7. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  8. وَٱلْأَرْضَwal-arḍaand the earth
  9. قَادِرٌqādirun(is) Able
  10. عَلَىٰٓʿalā[on]
  11. أَنanto
  12. يَخْلُقَyakhluqacreate
  13. مِثْلَهُمْmith'lahumthe like of them
  14. وَجَعَلَwajaʿalaAnd He has made
  15. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  16. أَجَلًۭاajalana term
  17. لَّاlāno
  18. رَيْبَraybadoubt
  19. فِيهِfīhiin it
  20. فَأَبَىfa-abāBut refused
  21. ٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَl-ẓālimūnathe wrongdoers
  22. إِلَّاillāexcept
  23. كُفُورًۭاkufūrandisbelief

Verse 100

قُل لَّوْ أَنتُمْ تَمْلِكُونَ خَزَآئِنَ رَحْمَةِ رَبِّىٓ إِذًا لَّأَمْسَكْتُمْ خَشْيَةَ ٱلْإِنفَاقِ ۚ وَكَانَ ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُ قَتُورًا

Transliteration qul law antum tamlikūna khazāina raḥmati rabbī idhan la-amsaktum khashyata l-infāqi wakāna l-insānu qatūran

English Say [to them], "If you possessed the depositories of the mercy of my Lord, then you would withhold out of fear of spending." And ever has man been stingy.

  1. قُلqulSay
  2. لَّوْlawIf
  3. أَنتُمْantumyou
  4. تَمْلِكُونَtamlikūnapossess
  5. خَزَآئِنَkhazāinathe treasures
  6. رَحْمَةِraḥmati(of) the Mercy
  7. رَبِّىٓrabbī(of) my Lord
  8. إِذًۭاidhanthen
  9. لَّأَمْسَكْتُمْla-amsaktumsurely you would withhold
  10. خَشْيَةَkhashyata(out of) fear
  11. ٱلْإِنفَاقِ ۚl-infāqi(of) spending
  12. وَكَانَwakānaAnd is
  13. ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُl-insānuman
  14. قَتُورًۭاqatūranstingy

Verse 101

وَلَقَدْ ءَاتَيْنَا مُوسَىٰ تِسْعَ ءَايَـٰتٍۭ بَيِّنَـٰتٍ ۖ فَسْـَٔلْ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ إِذْ جَآءَهُمْ فَقَالَ لَهُۥ فِرْعَوْنُ إِنِّى لَأَظُنُّكَ يَـٰمُوسَىٰ مَسْحُورًا

Transliteration walaqad ātaynā mūsā tis'ʿa āyātin bayyinātin fasal banī is'rāīla idh jāahum faqāla lahu fir'ʿawnu innī la-aẓunnuka yāmūsā masḥūran

English And We had certainly given Moses nine evident signs, so ask the Children of Israel [about] when he came to them and Pharaoh said to him, "Indeed I think, O Moses, that you are affected by magic."

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
  2. ءَاتَيْنَاātaynāWe had given
  3. مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa
  4. تِسْعَtis'ʿanine
  5. ءَايَـٰتٍۭāyātinSigns
  6. بَيِّنَـٰتٍۢ ۖbayyinātinclear
  7. فَسْـَٔلْfasalso ask
  8. بَنِىٓbanī(the) Children of Israel
  9. إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَis'rāīla(the) Children of Israel
  10. إِذْidhwhen
  11. جَآءَهُمْjāahumhe came to them
  12. فَقَالَfaqālathen said
  13. لَهُۥlahuto him
  14. فِرْعَوْنُfir'ʿawnuFiraun
  15. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I
  16. لَأَظُنُّكَla-aẓunnuka[I] think you
  17. يَـٰمُوسَىٰyāmūsāO Musa
  18. مَسْحُورًۭاmasḥūran(you are) bewitched

Verse 102

قَالَ لَقَدْ عَلِمْتَ مَآ أَنزَلَ هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِ إِلَّا رَبُّ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ بَصَآئِرَ وَإِنِّى لَأَظُنُّكَ يَـٰفِرْعَوْنُ مَثْبُورًا

Transliteration qāla laqad ʿalim'ta mā anzala hāulāi illā rabbu l-samāwāti wal-arḍi baṣāira wa-innī la-aẓunnuka yāfir'ʿawnu mathbūran

English [Moses] said, "You have already known that none has sent down these [signs] except the Lord of the heavens and the earth as evidence, and indeed I think, O Pharaoh, that you are destroyed."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. لَقَدْlaqadVerily
  3. عَلِمْتَʿalim'tayou have known
  4. مَآmānone
  5. أَنزَلَanzalahas sent down
  6. هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِhāulāithese
  7. إِلَّاillāexcept
  8. رَبُّrabbu(the) Lord
  9. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  10. وَٱلْأَرْضِwal-arḍiand the earth
  11. بَصَآئِرَbaṣāira(as) evidence
  12. وَإِنِّىwa-innīand indeed, I
  13. لَأَظُنُّكَla-aẓunnuka[I] surely think you
  14. يَـٰفِرْعَوْنُyāfir'ʿawnuO Firaun
  15. مَثْبُورًۭاmathbūran(you are) destroyed

Verse 103

فَأَرَادَ أَن يَسْتَفِزَّهُم مِّنَ ٱلْأَرْضِ فَأَغْرَقْنَـٰهُ وَمَن مَّعَهُۥ جَمِيعًا

Transliteration fa-arāda an yastafizzahum mina l-arḍi fa-aghraqnāhu waman maʿahu jamīʿan

English So he intended to drive them from the land, but We drowned him and those with him all together.

  1. فَأَرَادَfa-arādaSo he intended
  2. أَنanto
  3. يَسْتَفِزَّهُمyastafizzahumdrive them out
  4. مِّنَminafrom
  5. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe land
  6. فَأَغْرَقْنَـٰهُfa-aghraqnāhubut We drowned him
  7. وَمَنwamanand who
  8. مَّعَهُۥmaʿahu(were) with him
  9. جَمِيعًۭاjamīʿanall

Verse 104

وَقُلْنَا مِنۢ بَعْدِهِۦ لِبَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ ٱسْكُنُوا۟ ٱلْأَرْضَ فَإِذَا جَآءَ وَعْدُ ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ جِئْنَا بِكُمْ لَفِيفًا

Transliteration waqul'nā min baʿdihi libanī is'rāīla us'kunū l-arḍa fa-idhā jāa waʿdu l-ākhirati ji'nā bikum lafīfan

English And We said after him [i.e., Pharaoh] to the Children of Israel, "Dwell in the land, and when there comes the promise [i.e., appointment] of the Hereafter, We will bring you forth in [one] gathering."

  1. وَقُلْنَاwaqul'nāAnd We said
  2. مِنۢminafter him
  3. بَعْدِهِۦbaʿdihiafter him
  4. لِبَنِىٓlibanīto the Children of Israel
  5. إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَis'rāīlato the Children of Israel
  6. ٱسْكُنُوا۟us'kunūDwell
  7. ٱلْأَرْضَl-arḍa(in) the land
  8. فَإِذَاfa-idhāthen when
  9. جَآءَjāacomes
  10. وَعْدُwaʿdu(the) promise
  11. ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِl-ākhirati(of) the Hereafter
  12. جِئْنَاji'nāWe will bring
  13. بِكُمْbikumyou
  14. لَفِيفًۭاlafīfan(as) a mixed crowd

Verse 105

وَبِٱلْحَقِّ أَنزَلْنَـٰهُ وَبِٱلْحَقِّ نَزَلَ ۗ وَمَآ أَرْسَلْنَـٰكَ إِلَّا مُبَشِّرًا وَنَذِيرًا

Transliteration wabil-ḥaqi anzalnāhu wabil-ḥaqi nazala wamā arsalnāka illā mubashiran wanadhīran

English And with the truth We have sent it [i.e., the Qur’ān] down, and with the truth it has descended. And We have not sent you, [O Muḥammad], except as a bringer of good tidings and a warner.

  1. وَبِٱلْحَقِّwabil-ḥaqiAnd with the truth
  2. أَنزَلْنَـٰهُanzalnāhuWe sent it down
  3. وَبِٱلْحَقِّwabil-ḥaqiand with the truth
  4. نَزَلَ ۗnazalait descended
  5. وَمَآwamāAnd not
  6. أَرْسَلْنَـٰكَarsalnākaWe sent you
  7. إِلَّاillāexcept
  8. مُبَشِّرًۭاmubashiran(as) a bearer of glad tidings
  9. وَنَذِيرًۭاwanadhīranand a warner

Verse 106

وَقُرْءَانًا فَرَقْنَـٰهُ لِتَقْرَأَهُۥ عَلَى ٱلنَّاسِ عَلَىٰ مُكْثٍ وَنَزَّلْنَـٰهُ تَنزِيلًا

Transliteration waqur'ānan faraqnāhu litaqra-ahu ʿalā l-nāsi ʿalā muk'thin wanazzalnāhu tanzīlan

English And [it is] a Qur’ān which We have separated [by intervals] that you might recite it to the people over a prolonged period. And We have sent it down progressively.

  1. وَقُرْءَانًۭاwaqur'ānanAnd the Quran
  2. فَرَقْنَـٰهُfaraqnāhuWe have divided
  3. لِتَقْرَأَهُۥlitaqra-ahuthat you might recite it
  4. عَلَىʿalāto
  5. ٱلنَّاسِl-nāsithe people
  6. عَلَىٰʿalāat
  7. مُكْثٍۢmuk'thinintervals
  8. وَنَزَّلْنَـٰهُwanazzalnāhuAnd We have revealed it
  9. تَنزِيلًۭاtanzīlan(in) stages

Verse 107

قُلْ ءَامِنُوا۟ بِهِۦٓ أَوْ لَا تُؤْمِنُوٓا۟ ۚ إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْعِلْمَ مِن قَبْلِهِۦٓ إِذَا يُتْلَىٰ عَلَيْهِمْ يَخِرُّونَ لِلْأَذْقَانِ سُجَّدًا

Transliteration qul āminū bihi aw lā tu'minū inna alladhīna ūtū l-ʿil'ma min qablihi idhā yut'lā ʿalayhim yakhirrūna lil'adhqāni sujjadan

English Say, "Believe in it or do not believe." Indeed, those who were given knowledge before it - when it is recited to them, they fall upon their faces in prostration,

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. ءَامِنُوا۟āminūBelieve
  3. بِهِۦٓbihiin it
  4. أَوْawor
  5. لَاlā(do) not
  6. تُؤْمِنُوٓا۟ ۚtu'minūbelieve
  7. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  8. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  9. أُوتُوا۟ūtūwere given
  10. ٱلْعِلْمَl-ʿil'mathe knowledge
  11. مِنminbefore it
  12. قَبْلِهِۦٓqablihibefore it
  13. إِذَاidhāwhen
  14. يُتْلَىٰyut'lāit is recited
  15. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimto them
  16. يَخِرُّونَyakhirrūnathey fall
  17. لِلْأَذْقَانِlil'adhqānion their faces
  18. سُجَّدًۭاsujjadan(in) prostration

Verse 108

وَيَقُولُونَ سُبْحَـٰنَ رَبِّنَآ إِن كَانَ وَعْدُ رَبِّنَا لَمَفْعُولًا

Transliteration wayaqūlūna sub'ḥāna rabbinā in kāna waʿdu rabbinā lamafʿūlan

English And they say, "Exalted is our Lord! Indeed, the promise of our Lord has been fulfilled."

  1. وَيَقُولُونَwayaqūlūnaAnd they say
  2. سُبْحَـٰنَsub'ḥānaGlory be to
  3. رَبِّنَآrabbināour Lord
  4. إِنinIndeed
  5. كَانَkānais
  6. وَعْدُwaʿdu(the) promise
  7. رَبِّنَاrabbinā(of) our Lord
  8. لَمَفْعُولًۭاlamafʿūlansurely fulfilled

Verse 109

وَيَخِرُّونَ لِلْأَذْقَانِ يَبْكُونَ وَيَزِيدُهُمْ خُشُوعًا ۩

Transliteration wayakhirrūna lil'adhqāni yabkūna wayazīduhum khushūʿan

English And they fall upon their faces weeping, and it [i.e., the Qur’ān] increases them in humble submission.

  1. وَيَخِرُّونَwayakhirrūnaAnd they fall
  2. لِلْأَذْقَانِlil'adhqānion their faces
  3. يَبْكُونَyabkūnaweeping
  4. وَيَزِيدُهُمْwayazīduhumand it increases them
  5. خُشُوعًۭا ۩khushūʿan(in) humility

Verse 110

قُلِ ٱدْعُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ أَوِ ٱدْعُوا۟ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنَ ۖ أَيًّا مَّا تَدْعُوا۟ فَلَهُ ٱلْأَسْمَآءُ ٱلْحُسْنَىٰ ۚ وَلَا تَجْهَرْ بِصَلَاتِكَ وَلَا تُخَافِتْ بِهَا وَٱبْتَغِ بَيْنَ ذَٰلِكَ سَبِيلًا

Transliteration quli id'ʿū l-laha awi id'ʿū l-raḥmāna ayyan mā tadʿū falahu l-asmāu l-ḥus'nā walā tajhar biṣalātika walā tukhāfit bihā wa-ib'taghi bayna dhālika sabīlan

English Say, "Call upon Allāh or call upon the Most Merciful [ar-Raḥmān]. Whichever [name] you call - to Him belong the best names." And do not recite [too] loudly in your prayer or [too] quietly but seek between that an [intermediate] way.

  1. قُلِquliSay
  2. ٱدْعُوا۟id'ʿūInvoke
  3. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  4. أَوِawior
  5. ٱدْعُوا۟id'ʿūinvoke
  6. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنَ ۖl-raḥmānathe Most Gracious
  7. أَيًّۭاayyanBy whatever (name)
  8. مَّاmāBy whatever (name)
  9. تَدْعُوا۟tadʿūyou invoke
  10. فَلَهُfalahuto Him (belongs)
  11. ٱلْأَسْمَآءُl-asmāuthe Most Beautiful Names
  12. ٱلْحُسْنَىٰ ۚl-ḥus'nāthe Most Beautiful Names
  13. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  14. تَجْهَرْtajharbe loud
  15. بِصَلَاتِكَbiṣalātikain your prayers
  16. وَلَاwalāand not
  17. تُخَافِتْtukhāfitbe silent
  18. بِهَاbihātherein
  19. وَٱبْتَغِwa-ib'taghibut seek
  20. بَيْنَbaynabetween
  21. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  22. سَبِيلًۭاsabīlana way

Verse 111

وَقُلِ ٱلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ ٱلَّذِى لَمْ يَتَّخِذْ وَلَدًا وَلَمْ يَكُن لَّهُۥ شَرِيكٌ فِى ٱلْمُلْكِ وَلَمْ يَكُن لَّهُۥ وَلِىٌّ مِّنَ ٱلذُّلِّ ۖ وَكَبِّرْهُ تَكْبِيرًۢا

Transliteration waquli l-ḥamdu lillahi alladhī lam yattakhidh waladan walam yakun lahu sharīkun fī l-mul'ki walam yakun lahu waliyyun mina l-dhuli wakabbir'hu takbīran

English And say, "Praise to Allāh, who has not taken a son and has had no partner in [His] dominion and has no [need of a] protector out of weakness; and glorify Him with [great] glorification."

  1. وَقُلِwaquliAnd say
  2. ٱلْحَمْدُl-ḥamduAll Praise
  3. لِلَّهِlillahi(is) for Allah
  4. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe One Who
  5. لَمْlamhas not taken
  6. يَتَّخِذْyattakhidhhas not taken
  7. وَلَدًۭاwaladana son
  8. وَلَمْwalamand not
  9. يَكُنyakunis
  10. لَّهُۥlahufor Him
  11. شَرِيكٌۭsharīkuna partner
  12. فِىfīin
  13. ٱلْمُلْكِl-mul'kithe dominion
  14. وَلَمْwalamand not
  15. يَكُنyakunis
  16. لَّهُۥlahufor Him
  17. وَلِىٌّۭwaliyyunany protector
  18. مِّنَminaout of
  19. ٱلذُّلِّ ۖl-dhuliweakness
  20. وَكَبِّرْهُwakabbir'huAnd magnify Him
  21. تَكْبِيرًۢاtakbīran(with all) magnificence

Surah Al-Kahf الكهف verses 1–74

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

ٱلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنزَلَ عَلَىٰ عَبْدِهِ ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ وَلَمْ يَجْعَل لَّهُۥ عِوَجَا ۜ

Transliteration al-ḥamdu lillahi alladhī anzala ʿalā ʿabdihi l-kitāba walam yajʿal lahu ʿiwajā

English [All] praise is [due] to Allāh, who has sent down upon His Servant [Muḥammad (ﷺ)] the Book and has not made therein any deviance.

  1. ٱلْحَمْدُal-ḥamduAll Praise
  2. لِلَّهِlillahi(is) for Allah
  3. ٱلَّذِىٓalladhīthe One Who
  4. أَنزَلَanzala(has) revealed
  5. عَلَىٰʿalāto
  6. عَبْدِهِʿabdihiHis slave
  7. ٱلْكِتَـٰبَl-kitābathe Book
  8. وَلَمْwalamand not
  9. يَجْعَلyajʿal(has) made
  10. لَّهُۥlahuin it
  11. عِوَجَاۜʿiwajāany crookedness

Verse 2

قَيِّمًا لِّيُنذِرَ بَأْسًا شَدِيدًا مِّن لَّدُنْهُ وَيُبَشِّرَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ ٱلَّذِينَ يَعْمَلُونَ ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِ أَنَّ لَهُمْ أَجْرًا حَسَنًا

Transliteration qayyiman liyundhira basan shadīdan min ladun'hu wayubashira l-mu'minīna alladhīna yaʿmalūna l-ṣāliḥāti anna lahum ajran ḥasanan

English [He has made it] straight, to warn of severe punishment from Him and to give good tidings to the believers who do righteous deeds that they will have a good reward [i.e., Paradise].

  1. قَيِّمًۭاqayyimanStraight
  2. لِّيُنذِرَliyundhirato warn
  3. بَأْسًۭاbasan(of) a punishment
  4. شَدِيدًۭاshadīdansevere
  5. مِّنminfrom
  6. لَّدُنْهُladun'hunear Him
  7. وَيُبَشِّرَwayubashiraand give glad tidings
  8. ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَl-mu'minīna(to) the believers
  9. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  10. يَعْمَلُونَyaʿmalūnado
  11. ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِl-ṣāliḥātirighteous deeds
  12. أَنَّannathat
  13. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  14. أَجْرًاajran(is) a good reward
  15. حَسَنًۭاḥasanan(is) a good reward

Verse 3

مَّـٰكِثِينَ فِيهِ أَبَدًا

Transliteration mākithīna fīhi abadan

English In which they will remain forever

  1. مَّـٰكِثِينَmākithīna(They will) abide
  2. فِيهِfīhiin it
  3. أَبَدًۭاabadanforever

Verse 4

وَيُنذِرَ ٱلَّذِينَ قَالُوا۟ ٱتَّخَذَ ٱللَّهُ وَلَدًا

Transliteration wayundhira alladhīna qālū ittakhadha l-lahu waladan

English And to warn those who say, "Allāh has taken a son".

  1. وَيُنذِرَwayundhiraAnd to warn
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. قَالُوا۟qālūsay
  4. ٱتَّخَذَittakhadhaAllah has taken
  5. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah has taken
  6. وَلَدًۭاwaladana son

Verse 5

مَّا لَهُم بِهِۦ مِنْ عِلْمٍ وَلَا لِـَٔابَآئِهِمْ ۚ كَبُرَتْ كَلِمَةً تَخْرُجُ مِنْ أَفْوَٰهِهِمْ ۚ إِن يَقُولُونَ إِلَّا كَذِبًا

Transliteration mā lahum bihi min ʿil'min walā liābāihim kaburat kalimatan takhruju min afwāhihim in yaqūlūna illā kadhiban

English They have no knowledge of it, nor had their fathers. Grave is the word that comes out of their mouths; they speak not except a lie.

  1. مَّاmāNot
  2. لَهُمlahumthey have
  3. بِهِۦbihiabout it
  4. مِنْminany
  5. عِلْمٍۢʿil'minknowledge
  6. وَلَاwalāand not
  7. لِـَٔابَآئِهِمْ ۚliābāihimtheir forefathers
  8. كَبُرَتْkaburatGrave (is)
  9. كَلِمَةًۭkalimatanthe word
  10. تَخْرُجُtakhruju(that) comes out
  11. مِنْminof
  12. أَفْوَٰهِهِمْ ۚafwāhihimtheir mouths
  13. إِنinNot
  14. يَقُولُونَyaqūlūnathey say
  15. إِلَّاillāexcept
  16. كَذِبًۭاkadhibana lie

Verse 6

فَلَعَلَّكَ بَـٰخِعٌ نَّفْسَكَ عَلَىٰٓ ءَاثَـٰرِهِمْ إِن لَّمْ يُؤْمِنُوا۟ بِهَـٰذَا ٱلْحَدِيثِ أَسَفًا

Transliteration falaʿallaka bākhiʿun nafsaka ʿalā āthārihim in lam yu'minū bihādhā l-ḥadīthi asafan

English Then perhaps you would kill yourself through grief over them, [O Muḥammad], if they do not believe in this message, [and] out of sorrow.

  1. فَلَعَلَّكَfalaʿallakaThen perhaps you would (be)
  2. بَـٰخِعٌۭbākhiʿunthe one who kills
  3. نَّفْسَكَnafsakayourself
  4. عَلَىٰٓʿalāover
  5. ءَاثَـٰرِهِمْāthārihimtheir footsteps
  6. إِنinif
  7. لَّمْlamnot
  8. يُؤْمِنُوا۟yu'minūthey believe
  9. بِهَـٰذَاbihādhāin this
  10. ٱلْحَدِيثِl-ḥadīthi[the] narration
  11. أَسَفًاasafan(in) grief

Verse 7

إِنَّا جَعَلْنَا مَا عَلَى ٱلْأَرْضِ زِينَةً لَّهَا لِنَبْلُوَهُمْ أَيُّهُمْ أَحْسَنُ عَمَلًا

Transliteration innā jaʿalnā mā ʿalā l-arḍi zīnatan lahā linabluwahum ayyuhum aḥsanu ʿamalan

English Indeed, We have made that which is on the earth adornment for it that We may test them [as to] which of them is best in deed.

  1. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  2. جَعَلْنَاjaʿalnāWe have made
  3. مَاmāwhat
  4. عَلَىʿalā(is) on
  5. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  6. زِينَةًۭzīnatanadornment
  7. لَّهَاlahāfor it
  8. لِنَبْلُوَهُمْlinabluwahumthat We may test [them]
  9. أَيُّهُمْayyuhumwhich of them
  10. أَحْسَنُaḥsanu(is) best
  11. عَمَلًۭاʿamalan(in) deed

Verse 8

وَإِنَّا لَجَـٰعِلُونَ مَا عَلَيْهَا صَعِيدًا جُرُزًا

Transliteration wa-innā lajāʿilūna mā ʿalayhā ṣaʿīdan juruzan

English And indeed, We will make that which is upon it [into] a barren ground.

  1. وَإِنَّاwa-innāAnd indeed, We
  2. لَجَـٰعِلُونَlajāʿilūna(will) surely make
  3. مَاmāwhat
  4. عَلَيْهَاʿalayhā(is) on it
  5. صَعِيدًۭاṣaʿīdansoil
  6. جُرُزًاjuruzanbarren

Verse 9

أَمْ حَسِبْتَ أَنَّ أَصْحَـٰبَ ٱلْكَهْفِ وَٱلرَّقِيمِ كَانُوا۟ مِنْ ءَايَـٰتِنَا عَجَبًا

Transliteration am ḥasib'ta anna aṣḥāba l-kahfi wal-raqīmi kānū min āyātinā ʿajaban

English Or have you thought that the companions of the cave and the inscription were, among Our signs, a wonder?

  1. أَمْamOr
  2. حَسِبْتَḥasib'tahave you thought
  3. أَنَّannathat
  4. أَصْحَـٰبَaṣḥāba(the) companions
  5. ٱلْكَهْفِl-kahfi(of) the cave
  6. وَٱلرَّقِيمِwal-raqīmiand the inscription
  7. كَانُوا۟kānūwere
  8. مِنْminamong
  9. ءَايَـٰتِنَاāyātināOur Signs
  10. عَجَبًاʿajabana wonder

Verse 10

إِذْ أَوَى ٱلْفِتْيَةُ إِلَى ٱلْكَهْفِ فَقَالُوا۟ رَبَّنَآ ءَاتِنَا مِن لَّدُنكَ رَحْمَةً وَهَيِّئْ لَنَا مِنْ أَمْرِنَا رَشَدًا

Transliteration idh awā l-fit'yatu ilā l-kahfi faqālū rabbanā ātinā min ladunka raḥmatan wahayyi lanā min amrinā rashadan

English [Mention] when the youths retreated to the cave and said, "Our Lord, grant us from Yourself mercy and prepare for us from our affair right guidance."

  1. إِذْidhWhen
  2. أَوَىawāretreated
  3. ٱلْفِتْيَةُl-fit'yatuthe youths
  4. إِلَىilāto
  5. ٱلْكَهْفِl-kahfithe cave
  6. فَقَالُوا۟faqālūand they said
  7. رَبَّنَآrabbanāOur Lord
  8. ءَاتِنَاātināGrant us
  9. مِنminfrom
  10. لَّدُنكَladunkaYourself
  11. رَحْمَةًۭraḥmatanMercy
  12. وَهَيِّئْwahayyiand facilitate
  13. لَنَاlanāfor us
  14. مِنْmin[from]
  15. أَمْرِنَاamrināour affair
  16. رَشَدًۭاrashadan(in the) right way

Verse 11

فَضَرَبْنَا عَلَىٰٓ ءَاذَانِهِمْ فِى ٱلْكَهْفِ سِنِينَ عَدَدًا

Transliteration faḍarabnā ʿalā ādhānihim fī l-kahfi sinīna ʿadadan

English So We cast [a cover of sleep] over their ears within the cave for a number of years.

  1. فَضَرَبْنَاfaḍarabnāSo We cast
  2. عَلَىٰٓʿalāover
  3. ءَاذَانِهِمْādhānihimtheir ears
  4. فِىfīin
  5. ٱلْكَهْفِl-kahfithe cave
  6. سِنِينَsinīnayears
  7. عَدَدًۭاʿadadana number

Verse 12

ثُمَّ بَعَثْنَـٰهُمْ لِنَعْلَمَ أَىُّ ٱلْحِزْبَيْنِ أَحْصَىٰ لِمَا لَبِثُوٓا۟ أَمَدًا

Transliteration thumma baʿathnāhum linaʿlama ayyu l-ḥiz'bayni aḥṣā limā labithū amadan

English Then We awakened them that We might show which of the two factions was most precise in calculating what [extent] they had remained in time.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. بَعَثْنَـٰهُمْbaʿathnāhumWe raised them up
  3. لِنَعْلَمَlinaʿlamathat We make evident
  4. أَىُّayyuwhich
  5. ٱلْحِزْبَيْنِl-ḥiz'bayni(of) the two parties
  6. أَحْصَىٰaḥṣābest calculated
  7. لِمَاlimāfor what
  8. لَبِثُوٓا۟labithū(they had) remained
  9. أَمَدًۭاamadan(in) time

Verse 13

نَّحْنُ نَقُصُّ عَلَيْكَ نَبَأَهُم بِٱلْحَقِّ ۚ إِنَّهُمْ فِتْيَةٌ ءَامَنُوا۟ بِرَبِّهِمْ وَزِدْنَـٰهُمْ هُدًى

Transliteration naḥnu naquṣṣu ʿalayka naba-ahum bil-ḥaqi innahum fit'yatun āmanū birabbihim wazid'nāhum hudan

English It is We who relate to you, [O Muḥammad], their story in truth. Indeed, they were youths who believed in their Lord, and We increased them in guidance.

  1. نَّحْنُnaḥnuWe
  2. نَقُصُّnaquṣṣunarrate
  3. عَلَيْكَʿalaykato you
  4. نَبَأَهُمnaba-ahumtheir story
  5. بِٱلْحَقِّ ۚbil-ḥaqiin truth
  6. إِنَّهُمْinnahumIndeed, they (were)
  7. فِتْيَةٌfit'yatunyouths
  8. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūwho believed
  9. بِرَبِّهِمْbirabbihimin their Lord
  10. وَزِدْنَـٰهُمْwazid'nāhumand We increased them
  11. هُدًۭىhudan(in) guidance

Verse 14

وَرَبَطْنَا عَلَىٰ قُلُوبِهِمْ إِذْ قَامُوا۟ فَقَالُوا۟ رَبُّنَا رَبُّ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ لَن نَّدْعُوَا۟ مِن دُونِهِۦٓ إِلَـٰهًا ۖ لَّقَدْ قُلْنَآ إِذًا شَطَطًا

Transliteration warabaṭnā ʿalā qulūbihim idh qāmū faqālū rabbunā rabbu l-samāwāti wal-arḍi lan nadʿuwā min dūnihi ilāhan laqad qul'nā idhan shaṭaṭan

English And We bound [i.e., made firm] their hearts when they stood up and said, "Our Lord is the Lord of the heavens and the earth. Never will we invoke besides Him any deity. We would have certainly spoken, then, an excessive transgression.

  1. وَرَبَطْنَاwarabaṭnāAnd We made firm
  2. عَلَىٰʿalā[on]
  3. قُلُوبِهِمْqulūbihimtheir hearts
  4. إِذْidhwhen
  5. قَامُوا۟qāmūthey stood up
  6. فَقَالُوا۟faqālūand said
  7. رَبُّنَاrabbunāOur Lord
  8. رَبُّrabbu(is) the Lord
  9. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  10. وَٱلْأَرْضِwal-arḍiand the earth
  11. لَنlanNever
  12. نَّدْعُوَا۟nadʿuwāwe will invoke
  13. مِنminbesides Him
  14. دُونِهِۦٓdūnihibesides Him
  15. إِلَـٰهًۭا ۖilāhanany god
  16. لَّقَدْlaqadCertainly
  17. قُلْنَآqul'nāwe would have said
  18. إِذًۭاidhanthen
  19. شَطَطًاshaṭaṭanan enormity

Verse 15

هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِ قَوْمُنَا ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ مِن دُونِهِۦٓ ءَالِهَةً ۖ لَّوْلَا يَأْتُونَ عَلَيْهِم بِسُلْطَـٰنٍۭ بَيِّنٍ ۖ فَمَنْ أَظْلَمُ مِمَّنِ ٱفْتَرَىٰ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ كَذِبًا

Transliteration hāulāi qawmunā ittakhadhū min dūnihi ālihatan lawlā yatūna ʿalayhim bisul'ṭānin bayyinin faman aẓlamu mimmani if'tarā ʿalā l-lahi kadhiban

English These, our people, have taken besides Him deities. Why do they not bring for [worship of] them a clear evidence? And who is more unjust than one who invents about Allāh a lie?"

  1. هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِhāulāiThese
  2. قَوْمُنَاqawmunāour people
  3. ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ittakhadhūhave taken
  4. مِنminbesides Him
  5. دُونِهِۦٓdūnihibesides Him
  6. ءَالِهَةًۭ ۖālihatangods
  7. لَّوْلَاlawlāWhy not
  8. يَأْتُونَyatūnathey come
  9. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimto them
  10. بِسُلْطَـٰنٍۭbisul'ṭāninwith an authority
  11. بَيِّنٍۢ ۖbayyininclear
  12. فَمَنْfamanAnd who
  13. أَظْلَمُaẓlamu(is) more wrong
  14. مِمَّنِmimmanithan (one) who
  15. ٱفْتَرَىٰif'tarāinvents
  16. عَلَىʿalāagainst
  17. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  18. كَذِبًۭاkadhibana lie

Verse 16

وَإِذِ ٱعْتَزَلْتُمُوهُمْ وَمَا يَعْبُدُونَ إِلَّا ٱللَّهَ فَأْوُۥٓا۟ إِلَى ٱلْكَهْفِ يَنشُرْ لَكُمْ رَبُّكُم مِّن رَّحْمَتِهِۦ وَيُهَيِّئْ لَكُم مِّنْ أَمْرِكُم مِّرْفَقًا

Transliteration wa-idhi iʿ'tazaltumūhum wamā yaʿbudūna illā l-laha fawū ilā l-kahfi yanshur lakum rabbukum min raḥmatihi wayuhayyi lakum min amrikum mir'faqan

English [The youths said to one another], "And when you have withdrawn from them and that which they worship other than Allāh, retreat to the cave. Your Lord will spread out for you of His mercy and will prepare for you from your affair facility."

  1. وَإِذِwa-idhiAnd when
  2. ٱعْتَزَلْتُمُوهُمْiʿ'tazaltumūhumyou withdraw from them
  3. وَمَاwamāand what
  4. يَعْبُدُونَyaʿbudūnathey worship
  5. إِلَّاillāexcept
  6. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  7. فَأْوُۥٓا۟fawūthen retreat
  8. إِلَىilāto
  9. ٱلْكَهْفِl-kahfithe cave
  10. يَنشُرْyanshurWill spread
  11. لَكُمْlakumfor you
  12. رَبُّكُمrabbukumyour Lord
  13. مِّنminof
  14. رَّحْمَتِهِۦraḥmatihiHis Mercy
  15. وَيُهَيِّئْwayuhayyiand will facilitate
  16. لَكُمlakumfor you
  17. مِّنْmin[from]
  18. أَمْرِكُمamrikumyour affair
  19. مِّرْفَقًۭاmir'faqan(in) ease

Verse 17

۞ وَتَرَى ٱلشَّمْسَ إِذَا طَلَعَت تَّزَٰوَرُ عَن كَهْفِهِمْ ذَاتَ ٱلْيَمِينِ وَإِذَا غَرَبَت تَّقْرِضُهُمْ ذَاتَ ٱلشِّمَالِ وَهُمْ فِى فَجْوَةٍ مِّنْهُ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ مِنْ ءَايَـٰتِ ٱللَّهِ ۗ مَن يَهْدِ ٱللَّهُ فَهُوَ ٱلْمُهْتَدِ ۖ وَمَن يُضْلِلْ فَلَن تَجِدَ لَهُۥ وَلِيًّا مُّرْشِدًا

Transliteration watarā l-shamsa idhā ṭalaʿat tazāwaru ʿan kahfihim dhāta l-yamīni wa-idhā gharabat taqriḍuhum dhāta l-shimāli wahum fī fajwatin min'hu dhālika min āyāti l-lahi man yahdi l-lahu fahuwa l-muh'tadi waman yuḍ'lil falan tajida lahu waliyyan mur'shidan

English And [had you been present], you would see the sun when it rose, inclining away from their cave on the right, and when it set, passing away from them on the left, while they were [lying] within an open space thereof. That was from the signs of Allāh. He whom Allāh guides is the [rightly] guided, but he whom He sends astray - never will you find for him a protecting guide.

  1. ۞ وَتَرَىwatarāAnd you (might) have seen
  2. ٱلشَّمْسَl-shamsathe sun
  3. إِذَاidhāwhen
  4. طَلَعَتṭalaʿatit rose
  5. تَّزَٰوَرُtazāwaruinclining away
  6. عَنʿanfrom
  7. كَهْفِهِمْkahfihimtheir cave
  8. ذَاتَdhātato
  9. ٱلْيَمِينِl-yamīnithe right
  10. وَإِذَاwa-idhāand when
  11. غَرَبَتgharabatit set
  12. تَّقْرِضُهُمْtaqriḍuhumpassing away from them
  13. ذَاتَdhātato
  14. ٱلشِّمَالِl-shimālithe left
  15. وَهُمْwahumwhile they
  16. فِىfī(lay) in
  17. فَجْوَةٍۢfajwatinthe open space
  18. مِّنْهُ ۚmin'huthereof
  19. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  20. مِنْmin(was) from
  21. ءَايَـٰتِāyāti(the) Signs
  22. ٱللَّهِ ۗl-lahi(of) Allah
  23. مَنmanWhoever
  24. يَهْدِyahdiAllah guides
  25. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah guides
  26. فَهُوَfahuwaand he
  27. ٱلْمُهْتَدِ ۖl-muh'tadi(is) the guided one
  28. وَمَنwamanand whoever
  29. يُضْلِلْyuḍ'lilHe lets go astray
  30. فَلَنfalanthen never
  31. تَجِدَtajidayou will find
  32. لَهُۥlahufor him
  33. وَلِيًّۭاwaliyyana protector
  34. مُّرْشِدًۭاmur'shidana guide

Verse 18

وَتَحْسَبُهُمْ أَيْقَاظًا وَهُمْ رُقُودٌ ۚ وَنُقَلِّبُهُمْ ذَاتَ ٱلْيَمِينِ وَذَاتَ ٱلشِّمَالِ ۖ وَكَلْبُهُم بَـٰسِطٌ ذِرَاعَيْهِ بِٱلْوَصِيدِ ۚ لَوِ ٱطَّلَعْتَ عَلَيْهِمْ لَوَلَّيْتَ مِنْهُمْ فِرَارًا وَلَمُلِئْتَ مِنْهُمْ رُعْبًا

Transliteration wataḥsabuhum ayqāẓan wahum ruqūdun wanuqallibuhum dhāta l-yamīni wadhāta l-shimāli wakalbuhum bāsiṭun dhirāʿayhi bil-waṣīdi lawi iṭṭalaʿta ʿalayhim lawallayta min'hum firāran walamuli'ta min'hum ruʿ'ban

English And you would think them awake, while they were asleep. And We turned them to the right and to the left, while their dog stretched his forelegs at the entrance. If you had looked at them, you would have turned from them in flight and been filled by them with terror.

  1. وَتَحْسَبُهُمْwataḥsabuhumAnd you (would) think them
  2. أَيْقَاظًۭاayqāẓanawake
  3. وَهُمْwahumwhile they
  4. رُقُودٌۭ ۚruqūdun(were) asleep
  5. وَنُقَلِّبُهُمْwanuqallibuhumAnd We turned them
  6. ذَاتَdhātato
  7. ٱلْيَمِينِl-yamīnithe right
  8. وَذَاتَwadhātaand to
  9. ٱلشِّمَالِ ۖl-shimālithe left
  10. وَكَلْبُهُمwakalbuhumwhile their dog
  11. بَـٰسِطٌۭbāsiṭunstretched
  12. ذِرَاعَيْهِdhirāʿayhihis two forelegs
  13. بِٱلْوَصِيدِ ۚbil-waṣīdiat the entrance
  14. لَوِlawiIf
  15. ٱطَّلَعْتَiṭṭalaʿtayou had looked
  16. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimat them
  17. لَوَلَّيْتَlawallaytayou (would) have surely turned back
  18. مِنْهُمْmin'humfrom them
  19. فِرَارًۭاfirāran(in) flight
  20. وَلَمُلِئْتَwalamuli'taand surely you would have been filled
  21. مِنْهُمْmin'humby them
  22. رُعْبًۭاruʿ'ban(with) terror

Verse 19

وَكَذَٰلِكَ بَعَثْنَـٰهُمْ لِيَتَسَآءَلُوا۟ بَيْنَهُمْ ۚ قَالَ قَآئِلٌ مِّنْهُمْ كَمْ لَبِثْتُمْ ۖ قَالُوا۟ لَبِثْنَا يَوْمًا أَوْ بَعْضَ يَوْمٍ ۚ قَالُوا۟ رَبُّكُمْ أَعْلَمُ بِمَا لَبِثْتُمْ فَٱبْعَثُوٓا۟ أَحَدَكُم بِوَرِقِكُمْ هَـٰذِهِۦٓ إِلَى ٱلْمَدِينَةِ فَلْيَنظُرْ أَيُّهَآ أَزْكَىٰ طَعَامًا فَلْيَأْتِكُم بِرِزْقٍ مِّنْهُ وَلْيَتَلَطَّفْ وَلَا يُشْعِرَنَّ بِكُمْ أَحَدًا

Transliteration wakadhālika baʿathnāhum liyatasāalū baynahum qāla qāilun min'hum kam labith'tum qālū labith'nā yawman aw baʿḍa yawmin qālū rabbukum aʿlamu bimā labith'tum fa-ib'ʿathū aḥadakum biwariqikum hādhihi ilā l-madīnati falyanẓur ayyuhā azkā ṭaʿāman falyatikum biriz'qin min'hu walyatalaṭṭaf walā yush'ʿiranna bikum aḥadan

English And similarly, We awakened them that they might question one another. Said a speaker from among them, "How long have you remained [here]?" They said, "We have remained a day or part of a day." They said, "Your Lord is most knowing of how long you remained. So send one of you with this silver coin of yours to the city and let him look to which is the best of food and bring you provision from it and let him be cautious. And let no one be aware of you.

  1. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd similarly
  2. بَعَثْنَـٰهُمْbaʿathnāhumWe raised them
  3. لِيَتَسَآءَلُوا۟liyatasāalūthat they might question
  4. بَيْنَهُمْ ۚbaynahumamong them
  5. قَالَqālaSaid
  6. قَآئِلٌۭqāiluna speaker
  7. مِّنْهُمْmin'humamong them
  8. كَمْkamHow long
  9. لَبِثْتُمْ ۖlabith'tumhave you remained
  10. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  11. لَبِثْنَاlabith'nāWe have remained
  12. يَوْمًاyawmana day
  13. أَوْawor
  14. بَعْضَbaʿḍaa part
  15. يَوْمٍۢ ۚyawmin(of) a day
  16. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  17. رَبُّكُمْrabbukumYour Lord
  18. أَعْلَمُaʿlamuknows best
  19. بِمَاbimāhow long
  20. لَبِثْتُمْlabith'tumyou have remained
  21. فَٱبْعَثُوٓا۟fa-ib'ʿathūSo send
  22. أَحَدَكُمaḥadakumone of you
  23. بِوَرِقِكُمْbiwariqikumwith this silver coin of yours
  24. هَـٰذِهِۦٓhādhihiwith this silver coin of yours
  25. إِلَىilāto
  26. ٱلْمَدِينَةِl-madīnatithe city
  27. فَلْيَنظُرْfalyanẓurand let him see
  28. أَيُّهَآayyuhāwhich is
  29. أَزْكَىٰazkāthe purest
  30. طَعَامًۭاṭaʿāmanfood
  31. فَلْيَأْتِكُمfalyatikumand let him bring to you
  32. بِرِزْقٍۢbiriz'qinprovision
  33. مِّنْهُmin'hufrom it
  34. وَلْيَتَلَطَّفْwalyatalaṭṭafand let him be cautious
  35. وَلَاwalāAnd let not be aware
  36. يُشْعِرَنَّyush'ʿirannaAnd let not be aware
  37. بِكُمْbikumabout you
  38. أَحَدًاaḥadananyone

Verse 20

إِنَّهُمْ إِن يَظْهَرُوا۟ عَلَيْكُمْ يَرْجُمُوكُمْ أَوْ يُعِيدُوكُمْ فِى مِلَّتِهِمْ وَلَن تُفْلِحُوٓا۟ إِذًا أَبَدًا

Transliteration innahum in yaẓharū ʿalaykum yarjumūkum aw yuʿīdūkum fī millatihim walan tuf'liḥū idhan abadan

English Indeed, if they come to know of you, they will stone you or return you to their religion. And never would you succeed, then - ever."

  1. إِنَّهُمْinnahumIndeed, [they]
  2. إِنinif
  3. يَظْهَرُوا۟yaẓharūthey come to know
  4. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumabout you
  5. يَرْجُمُوكُمْyarjumūkumthey will stone you
  6. أَوْawor
  7. يُعِيدُوكُمْyuʿīdūkumreturn you
  8. فِىfīto
  9. مِلَّتِهِمْmillatihimtheir religion
  10. وَلَنwalanAnd never
  11. تُفْلِحُوٓا۟tuf'liḥūwill you succeed
  12. إِذًاidhanthen
  13. أَبَدًۭاabadanever

Verse 21

وَكَذَٰلِكَ أَعْثَرْنَا عَلَيْهِمْ لِيَعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّ وَعْدَ ٱللَّهِ حَقٌّ وَأَنَّ ٱلسَّاعَةَ لَا رَيْبَ فِيهَآ إِذْ يَتَنَـٰزَعُونَ بَيْنَهُمْ أَمْرَهُمْ ۖ فَقَالُوا۟ ٱبْنُوا۟ عَلَيْهِم بُنْيَـٰنًا ۖ رَّبُّهُمْ أَعْلَمُ بِهِمْ ۚ قَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ غَلَبُوا۟ عَلَىٰٓ أَمْرِهِمْ لَنَتَّخِذَنَّ عَلَيْهِم مَّسْجِدًا

Transliteration wakadhālika aʿtharnā ʿalayhim liyaʿlamū anna waʿda l-lahi ḥaqqun wa-anna l-sāʿata lā rayba fīhā idh yatanāzaʿūna baynahum amrahum faqālū ib'nū ʿalayhim bun'yānan rabbuhum aʿlamu bihim qāla alladhīna ghalabū ʿalā amrihim lanattakhidhanna ʿalayhim masjidan

English And similarly, We caused them to be found that they [who found them] would know that the promise of Allāh is truth and that of the Hour there is no doubt. [That was] when they disputed among themselves about their affair and [then] said, "Construct over them a structure. Their Lord is most knowing about them." Said those who prevailed in the matter, "We will surely take [for ourselves] over them a masjid."

  1. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd similarly
  2. أَعْثَرْنَاaʿtharnāWe made known
  3. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimabout them
  4. لِيَعْلَمُوٓا۟liyaʿlamūthat they might know
  5. أَنَّannathat
  6. وَعْدَwaʿda(the) Promise
  7. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  8. حَقٌّۭḥaqqun(is) true
  9. وَأَنَّwa-annaand that
  10. ٱلسَّاعَةَl-sāʿata(about) the Hour
  11. لَاlā(there is) no
  12. رَيْبَraybadoubt
  13. فِيهَآfīhāin it
  14. إِذْidhWhen
  15. يَتَنَـٰزَعُونَyatanāzaʿūnathey disputed
  16. بَيْنَهُمْbaynahumamong themselves
  17. أَمْرَهُمْ ۖamrahumabout their affair
  18. فَقَالُوا۟faqālūand they said
  19. ٱبْنُوا۟ib'nūConstruct
  20. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimover them
  21. بُنْيَـٰنًۭا ۖbun'yānana structure
  22. رَّبُّهُمْrabbuhumTheir Lord
  23. أَعْلَمُaʿlamuknows best
  24. بِهِمْ ۚbihimabout them
  25. قَالَqālaSaid
  26. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  27. غَلَبُوا۟ghalabūprevailed
  28. عَلَىٰٓʿalāin
  29. أَمْرِهِمْamrihimtheir matter
  30. لَنَتَّخِذَنَّlanattakhidhannaSurely we will take
  31. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimover them
  32. مَّسْجِدًۭاmasjidana place of worship

Verse 22

سَيَقُولُونَ ثَلَـٰثَةٌ رَّابِعُهُمْ كَلْبُهُمْ وَيَقُولُونَ خَمْسَةٌ سَادِسُهُمْ كَلْبُهُمْ رَجْمًۢا بِٱلْغَيْبِ ۖ وَيَقُولُونَ سَبْعَةٌ وَثَامِنُهُمْ كَلْبُهُمْ ۚ قُل رَّبِّىٓ أَعْلَمُ بِعِدَّتِهِم مَّا يَعْلَمُهُمْ إِلَّا قَلِيلٌ ۗ فَلَا تُمَارِ فِيهِمْ إِلَّا مِرَآءً ظَـٰهِرًا وَلَا تَسْتَفْتِ فِيهِم مِّنْهُمْ أَحَدًا

Transliteration sayaqūlūna thalāthatun rābiʿuhum kalbuhum wayaqūlūna khamsatun sādisuhum kalbuhum rajman bil-ghaybi wayaqūlūna sabʿatun wathāminuhum kalbuhum qul rabbī aʿlamu biʿiddatihim mā yaʿlamuhum illā qalīlun falā tumāri fīhim illā mirāan ẓāhiran walā tastafti fīhim min'hum aḥadan

English They [i.e., people] will say there were three, the fourth of them being their dog; and they will say there were five, the sixth of them being their dog - guessing at the unseen; and they will say there were seven, and the eighth of them was their dog. Say, [O Muḥammad], "My Lord is most knowing of their number. None knows them except a few. So do not argue about them except with an obvious argument and do not inquire about them among [the speculators] from anyone."

  1. سَيَقُولُونَsayaqūlūnaThey say
  2. ثَلَـٰثَةٌۭthalāthatun(they were) three
  3. رَّابِعُهُمْrābiʿuhumthe forth of them
  4. كَلْبُهُمْkalbuhumtheir dog
  5. وَيَقُولُونَwayaqūlūnaand they say
  6. خَمْسَةٌۭkhamsatun(they were) five
  7. سَادِسُهُمْsādisuhumthe sixth of them
  8. كَلْبُهُمْkalbuhumtheir dog
  9. رَجْمًۢاrajmanguessing
  10. بِٱلْغَيْبِ ۖbil-ghaybiabout the unseen
  11. وَيَقُولُونَwayaqūlūnaand they say
  12. سَبْعَةٌۭsabʿatun(they were) seven
  13. وَثَامِنُهُمْwathāminuhumand the eight of them
  14. كَلْبُهُمْ ۚkalbuhumtheir dog
  15. قُلqulSay
  16. رَّبِّىٓrabbīMy Lord
  17. أَعْلَمُaʿlamuknows best
  18. بِعِدَّتِهِمbiʿiddatihimtheir number
  19. مَّاmāNone
  20. يَعْلَمُهُمْyaʿlamuhumknows them
  21. إِلَّاillāexcept
  22. قَلِيلٌۭ ۗqalīluna few
  23. فَلَاfalāSo (do) not
  24. تُمَارِtumāriargue
  25. فِيهِمْfīhimabout them
  26. إِلَّاillāexcept
  27. مِرَآءًۭmirāan(with) an argument
  28. ظَـٰهِرًۭاẓāhiranobvious
  29. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  30. تَسْتَفْتِtastaftiinquire
  31. فِيهِمfīhimabout them
  32. مِّنْهُمْmin'humamong them
  33. أَحَدًۭاaḥadan(from) anyone

Verse 23

وَلَا تَقُولَنَّ لِشَا۟ىْءٍ إِنِّى فَاعِلٌ ذَٰلِكَ غَدًا

Transliteration walā taqūlanna lishāy'in innī fāʿilun dhālika ghadan

English And never say of anything, "Indeed, I will do that tomorrow,"

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  2. تَقُولَنَّtaqūlannasay
  3. لِشَا۟ىْءٍlishāy'inof anything
  4. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I
  5. فَاعِلٌۭfāʿilunwill do
  6. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  7. غَدًاghadantomorrow

Verse 24

إِلَّآ أَن يَشَآءَ ٱللَّهُ ۚ وَٱذْكُر رَّبَّكَ إِذَا نَسِيتَ وَقُلْ عَسَىٰٓ أَن يَهْدِيَنِ رَبِّى لِأَقْرَبَ مِنْ هَـٰذَا رَشَدًا

Transliteration illā an yashāa l-lahu wa-udh'kur rabbaka idhā nasīta waqul ʿasā an yahdiyani rabbī li-aqraba min hādhā rashadan

English Except [when adding], "If Allāh wills." And remember your Lord when you forget [it] and say, "Perhaps my Lord will guide me to what is nearer than this to right conduct."

  1. إِلَّآillāExcept
  2. أَنanIf
  3. يَشَآءَyashāaAllah wills
  4. ٱللَّهُ ۚl-lahuAllah wills
  5. وَٱذْكُرwa-udh'kurAnd remember
  6. رَّبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  7. إِذَاidhāwhen
  8. نَسِيتَnasītayou forget
  9. وَقُلْwaquland say
  10. عَسَىٰٓʿasāPerhaps
  11. أَنan[that]
  12. يَهْدِيَنِyahdiyaniwill guide me
  13. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  14. لِأَقْرَبَli-aqrabato a nearer (way)
  15. مِنْminthan
  16. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  17. رَشَدًۭاrashadanright way

Verse 25

وَلَبِثُوا۟ فِى كَهْفِهِمْ ثَلَـٰثَ مِا۟ئَةٍ سِنِينَ وَٱزْدَادُوا۟ تِسْعًا

Transliteration walabithū fī kahfihim thalātha mi-atin sinīna wa-iz'dādū tis'ʿan

English And they remained in their cave for three hundred years and exceeded by nine.

  1. وَلَبِثُوا۟walabithūAnd they remained
  2. فِىfīin
  3. كَهْفِهِمْkahfihimtheir cave
  4. ثَلَـٰثَthalātha(for) three
  5. مِا۟ئَةٍۢmi-atinhundred
  6. سِنِينَsinīnayears
  7. وَٱزْدَادُوا۟wa-iz'dādūand add
  8. تِسْعًۭاtis'ʿannine

Verse 26

قُلِ ٱللَّهُ أَعْلَمُ بِمَا لَبِثُوا۟ ۖ لَهُۥ غَيْبُ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۖ أَبْصِرْ بِهِۦ وَأَسْمِعْ ۚ مَا لَهُم مِّن دُونِهِۦ مِن وَلِىٍّ وَلَا يُشْرِكُ فِى حُكْمِهِۦٓ أَحَدًا

Transliteration quli l-lahu aʿlamu bimā labithū lahu ghaybu l-samāwāti wal-arḍi abṣir bihi wa-asmiʿ mā lahum min dūnihi min waliyyin walā yush'riku fī ḥuk'mihi aḥadan

English Say, "Allāh is most knowing of how long they remained. He has [knowledge of] the unseen [aspects] of the heavens and the earth. How Seeing is He and how Hearing! They have not besides Him any protector, and He shares not His legislation with anyone."

  1. قُلِquliSay
  2. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  3. أَعْلَمُaʿlamuknows best
  4. بِمَاbimāabout what (period)
  5. لَبِثُوا۟ ۖlabithūthey remained
  6. لَهُۥlahuFor Him
  7. غَيْبُghaybu(is the) unseen
  8. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  9. وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۖwal-arḍiand the earth
  10. أَبْصِرْabṣirHow clearly He sees
  11. بِهِۦbihi[of it]
  12. وَأَسْمِعْ ۚwa-asmiʿAnd how clearly He hears
  13. مَاmāNot
  14. لَهُمlahumfor them
  15. مِّنminbesides Him
  16. دُونِهِۦdūnihibesides Him
  17. مِنminany
  18. وَلِىٍّۢwaliyyinprotector
  19. وَلَاwalāand not
  20. يُشْرِكُyush'rikuHe shares
  21. فِىfī[in]
  22. حُكْمِهِۦٓḥuk'mihiHis Commands
  23. أَحَدًۭاaḥadan(with) anyone

Verse 27

وَٱتْلُ مَآ أُوحِىَ إِلَيْكَ مِن كِتَابِ رَبِّكَ ۖ لَا مُبَدِّلَ لِكَلِمَـٰتِهِۦ وَلَن تَجِدَ مِن دُونِهِۦ مُلْتَحَدًا

Transliteration wa-ut'lu mā ūḥiya ilayka min kitābi rabbika lā mubaddila likalimātihi walan tajida min dūnihi mul'taḥadan

English And recite, [O Muḥammad], what has been revealed to you of the Book of your Lord. There is no changer of His words, and never will you find in other than Him a refuge.

  1. وَٱتْلُwa-ut'luAnd recite
  2. مَآmāwhat
  3. أُوحِىَūḥiyahas been revealed
  4. إِلَيْكَilaykato you
  5. مِنminof
  6. كِتَابِkitābithe Book
  7. رَبِّكَ ۖrabbika(of) your Lord
  8. لَاlāNone
  9. مُبَدِّلَmubaddilacan change
  10. لِكَلِمَـٰتِهِۦlikalimātihiHis Words
  11. وَلَنwalanand never
  12. تَجِدَtajidayou will find
  13. مِنminbesides Him
  14. دُونِهِۦdūnihibesides Him
  15. مُلْتَحَدًۭاmul'taḥadana refuge

Verse 28

وَٱصْبِرْ نَفْسَكَ مَعَ ٱلَّذِينَ يَدْعُونَ رَبَّهُم بِٱلْغَدَوٰةِ وَٱلْعَشِىِّ يُرِيدُونَ وَجْهَهُۥ ۖ وَلَا تَعْدُ عَيْنَاكَ عَنْهُمْ تُرِيدُ زِينَةَ ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا ۖ وَلَا تُطِعْ مَنْ أَغْفَلْنَا قَلْبَهُۥ عَن ذِكْرِنَا وَٱتَّبَعَ هَوَىٰهُ وَكَانَ أَمْرُهُۥ فُرُطًا

Transliteration wa-iṣ'bir nafsaka maʿa alladhīna yadʿūna rabbahum bil-ghadati wal-ʿashiyi yurīdūna wajhahu walā taʿdu ʿaynāka ʿanhum turīdu zīnata l-ḥayati l-dun'yā walā tuṭiʿ man aghfalnā qalbahu ʿan dhik'rinā wa-ittabaʿa hawāhu wakāna amruhu furuṭan

English And keep yourself patient [by being] with those who call upon their Lord in the morning and the evening, seeking His face [i.e., acceptance]. And let not your eyes pass beyond them, desiring adornments of the worldly life, and do not obey one whose heart We have made heedless of Our remembrance and who follows his desire and whose affair is ever [in] neglect.

  1. وَٱصْبِرْwa-iṣ'birAnd be patient
  2. نَفْسَكَnafsakayourself
  3. مَعَmaʿawith
  4. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  5. يَدْعُونَyadʿūnacall
  6. رَبَّهُمrabbahumtheir Lord
  7. بِٱلْغَدَوٰةِbil-ghadatiin the morning
  8. وَٱلْعَشِىِّwal-ʿashiyiand the evening
  9. يُرِيدُونَyurīdūnadesiring
  10. وَجْهَهُۥ ۖwajhahuHis Face
  11. وَلَاwalāAnd (let) not
  12. تَعْدُtaʿdupass beyond
  13. عَيْنَاكَʿaynākayour eyes
  14. عَنْهُمْʿanhumover them
  15. تُرِيدُturīdudesiring
  16. زِينَةَzīnataadornment
  17. ٱلْحَيَوٰةِl-ḥayati(of) the life
  18. ٱلدُّنْيَا ۖl-dun'yā(of) the world
  19. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  20. تُطِعْtuṭiʿobey
  21. مَنْmanwhom
  22. أَغْفَلْنَاaghfalnāWe have made heedless
  23. قَلْبَهُۥqalbahuhis heart
  24. عَنʿanof
  25. ذِكْرِنَاdhik'rināOur remembrance
  26. وَٱتَّبَعَwa-ittabaʿaand follows
  27. هَوَىٰهُhawāhuhis desires
  28. وَكَانَwakānaand is
  29. أَمْرُهُۥamruhuhis affair
  30. فُرُطًۭاfuruṭan(in) excess

Verse 29

وَقُلِ ٱلْحَقُّ مِن رَّبِّكُمْ ۖ فَمَن شَآءَ فَلْيُؤْمِن وَمَن شَآءَ فَلْيَكْفُرْ ۚ إِنَّآ أَعْتَدْنَا لِلظَّـٰلِمِينَ نَارًا أَحَاطَ بِهِمْ سُرَادِقُهَا ۚ وَإِن يَسْتَغِيثُوا۟ يُغَاثُوا۟ بِمَآءٍ كَٱلْمُهْلِ يَشْوِى ٱلْوُجُوهَ ۚ بِئْسَ ٱلشَّرَابُ وَسَآءَتْ مُرْتَفَقًا

Transliteration waquli l-ḥaqu min rabbikum faman shāa falyu'min waman shāa falyakfur innā aʿtadnā lilẓẓālimīna nāran aḥāṭa bihim surādiquhā wa-in yastaghīthū yughāthū bimāin kal-muh'li yashwī l-wujūha bi'sa l-sharābu wasāat mur'tafaqan

English And say, "The truth is from your Lord, so whoever wills - let him believe; and whoever wills - let him disbelieve." Indeed, We have prepared for the wrongdoers a fire whose walls will surround them. And if they call for relief, they will be relieved with water like murky oil, which scalds [their] faces. Wretched is the drink, and evil is the resting place.

  1. وَقُلِwaquliAnd say
  2. ٱلْحَقُّl-ḥaquThe truth
  3. مِنmin(is) from
  4. رَّبِّكُمْ ۖrabbikumyour Lord
  5. فَمَنfamanso whoever
  6. شَآءَshāawills
  7. فَلْيُؤْمِنfalyu'minlet him believe
  8. وَمَنwamanand whoever
  9. شَآءَshāawills
  10. فَلْيَكْفُرْ ۚfalyakfurlet him disbelieve
  11. إِنَّآinnāIndeed, We
  12. أَعْتَدْنَاaʿtadnāhave prepared
  13. لِلظَّـٰلِمِينَlilẓẓālimīnafor the wrongdoers
  14. نَارًاnārana Fire
  15. أَحَاطَaḥāṭawill surround
  16. بِهِمْbihimthem
  17. سُرَادِقُهَا ۚsurādiquhāits walls
  18. وَإِنwa-inAnd if
  19. يَسْتَغِيثُوا۟yastaghīthūthey call for relief
  20. يُغَاثُوا۟yughāthūthey will be relieved
  21. بِمَآءٍۢbimāinwith water
  22. كَٱلْمُهْلِkal-muh'lilike molten brass
  23. يَشْوِىyashwī(which) scalds
  24. ٱلْوُجُوهَ ۚl-wujūhathe faces
  25. بِئْسَbi'saWretched
  26. ٱلشَّرَابُl-sharābu(is) the drink
  27. وَسَآءَتْwasāatand evil
  28. مُرْتَفَقًاmur'tafaqan(is) the resting place

Verse 30

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِ إِنَّا لَا نُضِيعُ أَجْرَ مَنْ أَحْسَنَ عَمَلًا

Transliteration inna alladhīna āmanū waʿamilū l-ṣāliḥāti innā lā nuḍīʿu ajra man aḥsana ʿamalan

English Indeed, those who have believed and done righteous deeds - indeed, We will not allow to be lost the reward of any who did well in deeds.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieved
  4. وَعَمِلُوا۟waʿamilūand did
  5. ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِl-ṣāliḥātithe good deeds
  6. إِنَّاinnāindeed, We
  7. لَاlāwill not let go waste
  8. نُضِيعُnuḍīʿuwill not let go waste
  9. أَجْرَajra(the) reward
  10. مَنْman(of one) who
  11. أَحْسَنَaḥsanadoes good
  12. عَمَلًاʿamalandeeds

Verse 31

أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ لَهُمْ جَنَّـٰتُ عَدْنٍ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهِمُ ٱلْأَنْهَـٰرُ يُحَلَّوْنَ فِيهَا مِنْ أَسَاوِرَ مِن ذَهَبٍ وَيَلْبَسُونَ ثِيَابًا خُضْرًا مِّن سُندُسٍ وَإِسْتَبْرَقٍ مُّتَّكِـِٔينَ فِيهَا عَلَى ٱلْأَرَآئِكِ ۚ نِعْمَ ٱلثَّوَابُ وَحَسُنَتْ مُرْتَفَقًا

Transliteration ulāika lahum jannātu ʿadnin tajrī min taḥtihimu l-anhāru yuḥallawna fīhā min asāwira min dhahabin wayalbasūna thiyāban khuḍ'ran min sundusin wa-is'tabraqin muttakiīna fīhā ʿalā l-arāiki niʿ'ma l-thawābu waḥasunat mur'tafaqan

English Those will have gardens of perpetual residence; beneath them rivers will flow. They will be adorned therein with bracelets of gold and will wear green garments of fine silk and brocade, reclining therein on adorned couches. Excellent is the reward, and good is the resting place.

  1. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  2. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  3. جَنَّـٰتُjannātu(are) Gardens
  4. عَدْنٍۢʿadninof Eden
  5. تَجْرِىtajrīflows
  6. مِنminfrom
  7. تَحْتِهِمُtaḥtihimuunderneath them
  8. ٱلْأَنْهَـٰرُl-anhāruthe rivers
  9. يُحَلَّوْنَyuḥallawnaThey will be adorned
  10. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  11. مِنْmin[of] (with)
  12. أَسَاوِرَasāwirabracelets
  13. مِنminof
  14. ذَهَبٍۢdhahabingold
  15. وَيَلْبَسُونَwayalbasūnaand will wear
  16. ثِيَابًاthiyābangarments
  17. خُضْرًۭاkhuḍ'rangreen
  18. مِّنminof
  19. سُندُسٍۢsundusinfine silk
  20. وَإِسْتَبْرَقٍۢwa-is'tabraqinand heavy brocade
  21. مُّتَّكِـِٔينَmuttakiīnareclining
  22. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  23. عَلَىʿalāon
  24. ٱلْأَرَآئِكِ ۚl-arāikiadorned couches
  25. نِعْمَniʿ'maExcellent
  26. ٱلثَّوَابُl-thawābu(is) the reward
  27. وَحَسُنَتْwaḥasunatand good
  28. مُرْتَفَقًۭاmur'tafaqan(is) the resting place

Verse 32

۞ وَٱضْرِبْ لَهُم مَّثَلًا رَّجُلَيْنِ جَعَلْنَا لِأَحَدِهِمَا جَنَّتَيْنِ مِنْ أَعْنَـٰبٍ وَحَفَفْنَـٰهُمَا بِنَخْلٍ وَجَعَلْنَا بَيْنَهُمَا زَرْعًا

Transliteration wa-iḍ'rib lahum mathalan rajulayni jaʿalnā li-aḥadihimā jannatayni min aʿnābin waḥafafnāhumā binakhlin wajaʿalnā baynahumā zarʿan

English And present to them an example of two men: We granted to one of them two gardens of grapevines, and We bordered them with palm trees and placed between them [fields of] crops.

  1. ۞ وَٱضْرِبْwa-iḍ'ribAnd set forth
  2. لَهُمlahumto them
  3. مَّثَلًۭاmathalanthe example
  4. رَّجُلَيْنِrajulayniof two men:
  5. جَعَلْنَاjaʿalnāWe provided
  6. لِأَحَدِهِمَاli-aḥadihimāfor one of them
  7. جَنَّتَيْنِjannataynitwo gardens
  8. مِنْminof
  9. أَعْنَـٰبٍۢaʿnābingrapes
  10. وَحَفَفْنَـٰهُمَاwaḥafafnāhumāand We bordered them
  11. بِنَخْلٍۢbinakhlinwith date-palms
  12. وَجَعَلْنَاwajaʿalnāand We placed
  13. بَيْنَهُمَاbaynahumābetween both of them
  14. زَرْعًۭاzarʿancrops

Verse 33

كِلْتَا ٱلْجَنَّتَيْنِ ءَاتَتْ أُكُلَهَا وَلَمْ تَظْلِم مِّنْهُ شَيْـًٔا ۚ وَفَجَّرْنَا خِلَـٰلَهُمَا نَهَرًا

Transliteration kil'tā l-janatayni ātat ukulahā walam taẓlim min'hu shayan wafajjarnā khilālahumā naharan

English Each of the two gardens produced its fruit and did not fall short thereof in anything. And We caused to gush forth within them a river.

  1. كِلْتَاkil'tāEach
  2. ٱلْجَنَّتَيْنِl-janatayni(of) the two gardens
  3. ءَاتَتْātatbrought forth
  4. أُكُلَهَاukulahāits produce
  5. وَلَمْwalamand not
  6. تَظْلِمtaẓlimdid wrong
  7. مِّنْهُmin'huof it
  8. شَيْـًۭٔا ۚshayananything
  9. وَفَجَّرْنَاwafajjarnāAnd We caused to gush forth
  10. خِلَـٰلَهُمَاkhilālahumāwithin them
  11. نَهَرًۭاnaharana river

Verse 34

وَكَانَ لَهُۥ ثَمَرٌ فَقَالَ لِصَـٰحِبِهِۦ وَهُوَ يُحَاوِرُهُۥٓ أَنَا۠ أَكْثَرُ مِنكَ مَالًا وَأَعَزُّ نَفَرًا

Transliteration wakāna lahu thamarun faqāla liṣāḥibihi wahuwa yuḥāwiruhu anā aktharu minka mālan wa-aʿazzu nafaran

English And he had fruit, so he said to his companion while he was conversing with him, "I am greater than you in wealth and mightier in [numbers of] men."

  1. وَكَانَwakānaAnd was
  2. لَهُۥlahufor him
  3. ثَمَرٌۭthamarunfruit
  4. فَقَالَfaqālaso he said
  5. لِصَـٰحِبِهِۦliṣāḥibihito his companion
  6. وَهُوَwahuwawhile he
  7. يُحَاوِرُهُۥٓyuḥāwiruhu(was) talking with him
  8. أَنَا۠anāI am
  9. أَكْثَرُaktharugreater
  10. مِنكَminkathan you
  11. مَالًۭاmālan(in) wealth
  12. وَأَعَزُّwa-aʿazzuand stronger
  13. نَفَرًۭاnafaran(in) men

Verse 35

وَدَخَلَ جَنَّتَهُۥ وَهُوَ ظَالِمٌ لِّنَفْسِهِۦ قَالَ مَآ أَظُنُّ أَن تَبِيدَ هَـٰذِهِۦٓ أَبَدًا

Transliteration wadakhala jannatahu wahuwa ẓālimun linafsihi qāla mā aẓunnu an tabīda hādhihi abadan

English And he entered his garden while he was unjust to himself. He said, "I do not think that this will perish - ever.

  1. وَدَخَلَwadakhalaAnd he entered
  2. جَنَّتَهُۥjannatahuhis garden
  3. وَهُوَwahuwawhile he
  4. ظَالِمٌۭẓālimun(was) unjust
  5. لِّنَفْسِهِۦlinafsihito himself
  6. قَالَqālaHe said
  7. مَآmāNot
  8. أَظُنُّaẓunnuI think
  9. أَنanthat
  10. تَبِيدَtabīdawill perish
  11. هَـٰذِهِۦٓhādhihithis
  12. أَبَدًۭاabadanever

Verse 36

وَمَآ أَظُنُّ ٱلسَّاعَةَ قَآئِمَةً وَلَئِن رُّدِدتُّ إِلَىٰ رَبِّى لَأَجِدَنَّ خَيْرًا مِّنْهَا مُنقَلَبًا

Transliteration wamā aẓunnu l-sāʿata qāimatan wala-in rudidttu ilā rabbī la-ajidanna khayran min'hā munqalaban

English And I do not think the Hour will occur. And even if I should be brought back to my Lord, I will surely find better than this as a return."

  1. وَمَآwamāAnd not
  2. أَظُنُّaẓunnuI think
  3. ٱلسَّاعَةَl-sāʿatathe Hour
  4. قَآئِمَةًۭqāimatanwill occur
  5. وَلَئِنwala-inAnd if
  6. رُّدِدتُّrudidttuI am brought back
  7. إِلَىٰilāto
  8. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  9. لَأَجِدَنَّla-ajidannaI will surely find
  10. خَيْرًۭاkhayranbetter
  11. مِّنْهَاmin'hāthan this
  12. مُنقَلَبًۭاmunqalaban(as) a return

Verse 37

قَالَ لَهُۥ صَاحِبُهُۥ وَهُوَ يُحَاوِرُهُۥٓ أَكَفَرْتَ بِٱلَّذِى خَلَقَكَ مِن تُرَابٍ ثُمَّ مِن نُّطْفَةٍ ثُمَّ سَوَّىٰكَ رَجُلًا

Transliteration qāla lahu ṣāḥibuhu wahuwa yuḥāwiruhu akafarta bi-alladhī khalaqaka min turābin thumma min nuṭ'fatin thumma sawwāka rajulan

English His companion said to him while he was conversing with him, "Have you disbelieved in He who created you from dust and then from a sperm-drop and then proportioned you [as] a man?

  1. قَالَqālaSaid
  2. لَهُۥlahuto him
  3. صَاحِبُهُۥṣāḥibuhuhis companion
  4. وَهُوَwahuwawhile he
  5. يُحَاوِرُهُۥٓyuḥāwiruhuwas talking to him
  6. أَكَفَرْتَakafartaDo you disbelieve
  7. بِٱلَّذِىbi-alladhīin One Who
  8. خَلَقَكَkhalaqakacreated you
  9. مِنminfrom
  10. تُرَابٍۢturābindust
  11. ثُمَّthummathen
  12. مِنminfrom
  13. نُّطْفَةٍۢnuṭ'fatina minute quantity of semen
  14. ثُمَّthummathen
  15. سَوَّىٰكَsawwākafashioned you
  16. رَجُلًۭاrajulan(into) a man

Verse 38

لَّـٰكِنَّا۠ هُوَ ٱللَّهُ رَبِّى وَلَآ أُشْرِكُ بِرَبِّىٓ أَحَدًا

Transliteration lākinnā huwa l-lahu rabbī walā ush'riku birabbī aḥadan

English But as for me, He is Allāh, my Lord, and I do not associate with my Lord anyone.

  1. لَّـٰكِنَّا۠lākinnāBut as for me
  2. هُوَhuwaHe
  3. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(is) Allah
  4. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  5. وَلَآwalāand not
  6. أُشْرِكُush'rikuI associate
  7. بِرَبِّىٓbirabbīwith my Lord
  8. أَحَدًۭاaḥadananyone

Verse 39

وَلَوْلَآ إِذْ دَخَلْتَ جَنَّتَكَ قُلْتَ مَا شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ لَا قُوَّةَ إِلَّا بِٱللَّهِ ۚ إِن تَرَنِ أَنَا۠ أَقَلَّ مِنكَ مَالًا وَوَلَدًا

Transliteration walawlā idh dakhalta jannataka qul'ta mā shāa l-lahu lā quwwata illā bil-lahi in tarani anā aqalla minka mālan wawaladan

English And why did you, when you entered your garden, not say, 'What Allāh willed [has occurred]; there is no power except in Allāh'? Although you see me less than you in wealth and children,

  1. وَلَوْلَآwalawlāAnd why (did you) not
  2. إِذْidhwhen
  3. دَخَلْتَdakhaltayou entered
  4. جَنَّتَكَjannatakayour garden
  5. قُلْتَqul'tasay
  6. مَاmāWhat
  7. شَآءَshāawills
  8. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  9. لَاlā(there is) no
  10. قُوَّةَquwwatapower
  11. إِلَّاillāexcept
  12. بِٱللَّهِ ۚbil-lahiwith Allah
  13. إِنinIf
  14. تَرَنِtaraniyou see me
  15. أَنَا۠anā(me)
  16. أَقَلَّaqallalesser
  17. مِنكَminkathan you
  18. مَالًۭاmālan(in) wealth
  19. وَوَلَدًۭاwawaladanand children

Verse 40

فَعَسَىٰ رَبِّىٓ أَن يُؤْتِيَنِ خَيْرًا مِّن جَنَّتِكَ وَيُرْسِلَ عَلَيْهَا حُسْبَانًا مِّنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ فَتُصْبِحَ صَعِيدًا زَلَقًا

Transliteration faʿasā rabbī an yu'tiyani khayran min jannatika wayur'sila ʿalayhā ḥus'bānan mina l-samāi fatuṣ'biḥa ṣaʿīdan zalaqan

English It may be that my Lord will give me [something] better than your garden and will send upon it a [disastrous] penalty from the sky, and it will become a smooth, dusty ground,

  1. فَعَسَىٰfaʿasāIt may be
  2. رَبِّىٓrabbīthat my Lord
  3. أَنanthat my Lord
  4. يُؤْتِيَنِyu'tiyaniwill give me
  5. خَيْرًۭاkhayranbetter
  6. مِّنminthan
  7. جَنَّتِكَjannatikayour garden
  8. وَيُرْسِلَwayur'silaand will send
  9. عَلَيْهَاʿalayhāupon it
  10. حُسْبَانًۭاḥus'bānana calamity
  11. مِّنَminafrom
  12. ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāithe sky
  13. فَتُصْبِحَfatuṣ'biḥathen it will become
  14. صَعِيدًۭاṣaʿīdanground
  15. زَلَقًاzalaqanslippery

Verse 41

أَوْ يُصْبِحَ مَآؤُهَا غَوْرًا فَلَن تَسْتَطِيعَ لَهُۥ طَلَبًا

Transliteration aw yuṣ'biḥa māuhā ghawran falan tastaṭīʿa lahu ṭalaban

English Or its water will become sunken [into the earth], so you would never be able to seek it."

  1. أَوْawOr
  2. يُصْبِحَyuṣ'biḥawill become
  3. مَآؤُهَاmāuhāits water
  4. غَوْرًۭاghawransunken
  5. فَلَنfalanso never
  6. تَسْتَطِيعَtastaṭīʿayou will be able
  7. لَهُۥlahuto find it
  8. طَلَبًۭاṭalabanto find it

Verse 42

وَأُحِيطَ بِثَمَرِهِۦ فَأَصْبَحَ يُقَلِّبُ كَفَّيْهِ عَلَىٰ مَآ أَنفَقَ فِيهَا وَهِىَ خَاوِيَةٌ عَلَىٰ عُرُوشِهَا وَيَقُولُ يَـٰلَيْتَنِى لَمْ أُشْرِكْ بِرَبِّىٓ أَحَدًا

Transliteration wa-uḥīṭa bithamarihi fa-aṣbaḥa yuqallibu kaffayhi ʿalā mā anfaqa fīhā wahiya khāwiyatun ʿalā ʿurūshihā wayaqūlu yālaytanī lam ush'rik birabbī aḥadan

English And his fruits were encompassed [by ruin], so he began to turn his hands about [in dismay] over what he had spent on it, while it had collapsed upon its trellises, and said, "Oh, I wish I had not associated with my Lord anyone."

  1. وَأُحِيطَwa-uḥīṭaAnd were surrounded
  2. بِثَمَرِهِۦbithamarihihis fruits
  3. فَأَصْبَحَfa-aṣbaḥaso he began
  4. يُقَلِّبُyuqallibutwisting
  5. كَفَّيْهِkaffayhihis hands
  6. عَلَىٰʿalāover
  7. مَآmāwhat
  8. أَنفَقَanfaqahe (had) spent
  9. فِيهَاfīhāon it
  10. وَهِىَwahiyawhile it (had)
  11. خَاوِيَةٌkhāwiyatuncollapsed
  12. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  13. عُرُوشِهَاʿurūshihāits trellises
  14. وَيَقُولُwayaqūluand he said
  15. يَـٰلَيْتَنِىyālaytanīOh! I wish
  16. لَمْlamI had not associated
  17. أُشْرِكْush'rikI had not associated
  18. بِرَبِّىٓbirabbīwith my Lord
  19. أَحَدًۭاaḥadananyone

Verse 43

وَلَمْ تَكُن لَّهُۥ فِئَةٌ يَنصُرُونَهُۥ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ وَمَا كَانَ مُنتَصِرًا

Transliteration walam takun lahu fi-atun yanṣurūnahu min dūni l-lahi wamā kāna muntaṣiran

English And there was for him no company to aid him other than Allāh, nor could he defend himself.

  1. وَلَمْwalamAnd not
  2. تَكُنtakunwas
  3. لَّهُۥlahufor him
  4. فِئَةٌۭfi-atuna group
  5. يَنصُرُونَهُۥyanṣurūnahu(to) help him
  6. مِنminother than
  7. دُونِdūniother than
  8. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  9. وَمَاwamāand not
  10. كَانَkānawas
  11. مُنتَصِرًاmuntaṣiran(he) supported

Verse 44

هُنَالِكَ ٱلْوَلَـٰيَةُ لِلَّهِ ٱلْحَقِّ ۚ هُوَ خَيْرٌ ثَوَابًا وَخَيْرٌ عُقْبًا

Transliteration hunālika l-walāyatu lillahi l-ḥaqi huwa khayrun thawāban wakhayrun ʿuq'ban

English There the authority is [completely] for Allāh, the Truth. He is best in reward and best in outcome.

  1. هُنَالِكَhunālikaThere
  2. ٱلْوَلَـٰيَةُl-walāyatuthe protection
  3. لِلَّهِlillahi(is) from Allah
  4. ٱلْحَقِّ ۚl-ḥaqithe True
  5. هُوَhuwaHe
  6. خَيْرٌۭkhayrun(is the) best
  7. ثَوَابًۭاthawāban(to) reward
  8. وَخَيْرٌwakhayrunand (the) best
  9. عُقْبًۭاʿuq'ban(for) the final end

Verse 45

وَٱضْرِبْ لَهُم مَّثَلَ ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا كَمَآءٍ أَنزَلْنَـٰهُ مِنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ فَٱخْتَلَطَ بِهِۦ نَبَاتُ ٱلْأَرْضِ فَأَصْبَحَ هَشِيمًا تَذْرُوهُ ٱلرِّيَـٰحُ ۗ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ مُّقْتَدِرًا

Transliteration wa-iḍ'rib lahum mathala l-ḥayati l-dun'yā kamāin anzalnāhu mina l-samāi fa-ikh'talaṭa bihi nabātu l-arḍi fa-aṣbaḥa hashīman tadhrūhu l-riyāḥu wakāna l-lahu ʿalā kulli shayin muq'tadiran

English And present to them the example of the life of this world, [its being] like rain which We send down from the sky, and the vegetation of the earth mingles with it and [then] it becomes dry remnants, scattered by the winds. And Allāh is ever, over all things, Perfect in Ability.

  1. وَٱضْرِبْwa-iḍ'ribAnd present
  2. لَهُمlahumto them
  3. مَّثَلَmathalathe example
  4. ٱلْحَيَوٰةِl-ḥayati(of) the life
  5. ٱلدُّنْيَاl-dun'yā(of) the world
  6. كَمَآءٍkamāinlike water
  7. أَنزَلْنَـٰهُanzalnāhuwhich We send down
  8. مِنَminafrom
  9. ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāithe sky
  10. فَٱخْتَلَطَfa-ikh'talaṭathen mingles
  11. بِهِۦbihiwith it
  12. نَبَاتُnabātu(the) vegetation
  13. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍi(of) the earth
  14. فَأَصْبَحَfa-aṣbaḥathen becomes
  15. هَشِيمًۭاhashīmandry stalks
  16. تَذْرُوهُtadhrūhuit (is) scattered
  17. ٱلرِّيَـٰحُ ۗl-riyāḥu(by) the winds
  18. وَكَانَwakānaAnd Allah
  19. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAnd Allah
  20. عَلَىٰʿalāover
  21. كُلِّkullievery
  22. شَىْءٍۢshayinthing
  23. مُّقْتَدِرًاmuq'tadiran(is) All Able

Verse 46

ٱلْمَالُ وَٱلْبَنُونَ زِينَةُ ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا ۖ وَٱلْبَـٰقِيَـٰتُ ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتُ خَيْرٌ عِندَ رَبِّكَ ثَوَابًا وَخَيْرٌ أَمَلًا

Transliteration al-mālu wal-banūna zīnatu l-ḥayati l-dun'yā wal-bāqiyātu l-ṣāliḥātu khayrun ʿinda rabbika thawāban wakhayrun amalan

English Wealth and children are [but] adornment of the worldly life. But the enduring good deeds are better to your Lord for reward and better for [one's] hope.

  1. ٱلْمَالُal-māluThe wealth
  2. وَٱلْبَنُونَwal-banūnaand children
  3. زِينَةُzīnatu(are) adornment
  4. ٱلْحَيَوٰةِl-ḥayati(of) the life
  5. ٱلدُّنْيَا ۖl-dun'yā(of) the world
  6. وَٱلْبَـٰقِيَـٰتُwal-bāqiyātuBut the enduring
  7. ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتُl-ṣāliḥātugood deeds
  8. خَيْرٌkhayrun(are) better
  9. عِندَʿindanear
  10. رَبِّكَrabbikayour Lord
  11. ثَوَابًۭاthawāban(for) reward
  12. وَخَيْرٌwakhayrunand better
  13. أَمَلًۭاamalan(for) hope

Verse 47

وَيَوْمَ نُسَيِّرُ ٱلْجِبَالَ وَتَرَى ٱلْأَرْضَ بَارِزَةً وَحَشَرْنَـٰهُمْ فَلَمْ نُغَادِرْ مِنْهُمْ أَحَدًا

Transliteration wayawma nusayyiru l-jibāla watarā l-arḍa bārizatan waḥasharnāhum falam nughādir min'hum aḥadan

English And [warn of] the Day when We will remove the mountains and you will see the earth exposed, and We will gather them and not leave behind from them anyone.

  1. وَيَوْمَwayawmaAnd the Day
  2. نُسَيِّرُnusayyiruWe will cause (to) move
  3. ٱلْجِبَالَl-jibālathe mountains
  4. وَتَرَىwatarāand you will see
  5. ٱلْأَرْضَl-arḍathe earth
  6. بَارِزَةًۭbārizatan(as) a leveled plain
  7. وَحَشَرْنَـٰهُمْwaḥasharnāhumand We will gather them
  8. فَلَمْfalamand not
  9. نُغَادِرْnughādirWe will leave behind
  10. مِنْهُمْmin'humfrom them
  11. أَحَدًۭاaḥadananyone

Verse 48

وَعُرِضُوا۟ عَلَىٰ رَبِّكَ صَفًّا لَّقَدْ جِئْتُمُونَا كَمَا خَلَقْنَـٰكُمْ أَوَّلَ مَرَّةٍۭ ۚ بَلْ زَعَمْتُمْ أَلَّن نَّجْعَلَ لَكُم مَّوْعِدًا

Transliteration waʿuriḍū ʿalā rabbika ṣaffan laqad ji'tumūnā kamā khalaqnākum awwala marratin bal zaʿamtum allan najʿala lakum mawʿidan

English And they will be presented before your Lord in rows, [and He will say], "You have certainly come to Us just as We created you the first time. But you claimed that We would never make for you an appointment."

  1. وَعُرِضُوا۟waʿuriḍūAnd they will be presented
  2. عَلَىٰʿalābefore
  3. رَبِّكَrabbikayour Lord
  4. صَفًّۭاṣaffan(in) rows
  5. لَّقَدْlaqadCertainly
  6. جِئْتُمُونَاji'tumūnāyou have come to Us
  7. كَمَاkamāas
  8. خَلَقْنَـٰكُمْkhalaqnākumWe created you
  9. أَوَّلَawwalathe first
  10. مَرَّةٍۭ ۚmarratintime
  11. بَلْbalNay
  12. زَعَمْتُمْzaʿamtumyou claimed
  13. أَلَّنallanthat not
  14. نَّجْعَلَnajʿalaWe made
  15. لَكُمlakumfor you
  16. مَّوْعِدًۭاmawʿidanan appointment

Verse 49

وَوُضِعَ ٱلْكِتَـٰبُ فَتَرَى ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ مُشْفِقِينَ مِمَّا فِيهِ وَيَقُولُونَ يَـٰوَيْلَتَنَا مَالِ هَـٰذَا ٱلْكِتَـٰبِ لَا يُغَادِرُ صَغِيرَةً وَلَا كَبِيرَةً إِلَّآ أَحْصَىٰهَا ۚ وَوَجَدُوا۟ مَا عَمِلُوا۟ حَاضِرًا ۗ وَلَا يَظْلِمُ رَبُّكَ أَحَدًا

Transliteration wawuḍiʿa l-kitābu fatarā l-muj'rimīna mush'fiqīna mimmā fīhi wayaqūlūna yāwaylatanā māli hādhā l-kitābi lā yughādiru ṣaghīratan walā kabīratan illā aḥṣāhā wawajadū mā ʿamilū ḥāḍiran walā yaẓlimu rabbuka aḥadan

English And the record [of deeds] will be placed [open], and you will see the criminals fearful of that within it, and they will say, "Oh, woe to us! What is this book that leaves nothing small or great except that it has enumerated it?" And they will find what they did present [before them]. And your Lord does injustice to no one.

  1. وَوُضِعَwawuḍiʿaAnd (will) be placed
  2. ٱلْكِتَـٰبُl-kitābuthe Book
  3. فَتَرَىfatarāand you will see
  4. ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَl-muj'rimīnathe criminals
  5. مُشْفِقِينَmush'fiqīnafearful
  6. مِمَّاmimmāof what
  7. فِيهِfīhi(is) in it
  8. وَيَقُولُونَwayaqūlūnaand they will say
  9. يَـٰوَيْلَتَنَاyāwaylatanāOh, woe to us
  10. مَالِmāliWhat (is) for
  11. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  12. ٱلْكِتَـٰبِl-kitābi[the] Book
  13. لَاlānot
  14. يُغَادِرُyughādiruleaves
  15. صَغِيرَةًۭṣaghīratana small
  16. وَلَاwalāand not
  17. كَبِيرَةًkabīratana great
  18. إِلَّآillāexcept
  19. أَحْصَىٰهَا ۚaḥṣāhāhas enumerated it
  20. وَوَجَدُوا۟wawajadūAnd they will find
  21. مَاmāwhat
  22. عَمِلُوا۟ʿamilūthey did
  23. حَاضِرًۭا ۗḥāḍiranpresented
  24. وَلَاwalāAnd not
  25. يَظْلِمُyaẓlimudeals unjustly
  26. رَبُّكَrabbukayour Lord
  27. أَحَدًۭاaḥadan(with) anyone

Verse 50

وَإِذْ قُلْنَا لِلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةِ ٱسْجُدُوا۟ لِـَٔادَمَ فَسَجَدُوٓا۟ إِلَّآ إِبْلِيسَ كَانَ مِنَ ٱلْجِنِّ فَفَسَقَ عَنْ أَمْرِ رَبِّهِۦٓ ۗ أَفَتَتَّخِذُونَهُۥ وَذُرِّيَّتَهُۥٓ أَوْلِيَآءَ مِن دُونِى وَهُمْ لَكُمْ عَدُوٌّۢ ۚ بِئْسَ لِلظَّـٰلِمِينَ بَدَلًا

Transliteration wa-idh qul'nā lil'malāikati us'judū liādama fasajadū illā ib'līsa kāna mina l-jini fafasaqa ʿan amri rabbihi afatattakhidhūnahu wadhurriyyatahu awliyāa min dūnī wahum lakum ʿaduwwun bi'sa lilẓẓālimīna badalan

English And [mention] when We said to the angels, "Prostrate to Adam," and they prostrated, except for Iblees. He was of the jinn and departed from [i.e., disobeyed] the command of his Lord. Then will you take him and his descendants as allies other than Me while they are enemies to you? Wretched it is for the wrongdoers as an exchange.

  1. وَإِذْwa-idhAnd when
  2. قُلْنَاqul'nāWe said
  3. لِلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةِlil'malāikatito the Angels
  4. ٱسْجُدُوا۟us'judūProstrate
  5. لِـَٔادَمَliādamato Adam
  6. فَسَجَدُوٓا۟fasajadūso they prostrated
  7. إِلَّآillāexcept
  8. إِبْلِيسَib'līsaIblis
  9. كَانَkāna(He) was
  10. مِنَminaof
  11. ٱلْجِنِّl-jinithe jinn
  12. فَفَسَقَfafasaqaand he rebelled
  13. عَنْʿanagainst
  14. أَمْرِamrithe Command
  15. رَبِّهِۦٓ ۗrabbihi(of) his Lord
  16. أَفَتَتَّخِذُونَهُۥafatattakhidhūnahuWill you then take him
  17. وَذُرِّيَّتَهُۥٓwadhurriyyatahuand his offspring
  18. أَوْلِيَآءَawliyāa(as) protectors
  19. مِنminother than Me
  20. دُونِىdūnīother than Me
  21. وَهُمْwahumwhile they
  22. لَكُمْlakum(are) to you
  23. عَدُوٌّۢ ۚʿaduwwunenemies
  24. بِئْسَbi'saWretched
  25. لِلظَّـٰلِمِينَlilẓẓālimīnafor the wrongdoers
  26. بَدَلًۭاbadalan(is) the exchange

Verse 51

۞ مَّآ أَشْهَدتُّهُمْ خَلْقَ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَلَا خَلْقَ أَنفُسِهِمْ وَمَا كُنتُ مُتَّخِذَ ٱلْمُضِلِّينَ عَضُدًا

Transliteration mā ashhadttuhum khalqa l-samāwāti wal-arḍi walā khalqa anfusihim wamā kuntu muttakhidha l-muḍilīna ʿaḍudan

English I did not make them witness to the creation of the heavens and the earth or to the creation of themselves, and I would not have taken the misguiders as assistants.

  1. ۞ مَّآmāNot
  2. أَشْهَدتُّهُمْashhadttuhumI made them witness
  3. خَلْقَkhalqathe creation
  4. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  5. وَٱلْأَرْضِwal-arḍiand the earth
  6. وَلَاwalāand not
  7. خَلْقَkhalqathe creation
  8. أَنفُسِهِمْanfusihim(of) themselves
  9. وَمَاwamāand not
  10. كُنتُkuntuI Am
  11. مُتَّخِذَmuttakhidhathe One to take
  12. ٱلْمُضِلِّينَl-muḍilīnathe misleaders
  13. عَضُدًۭاʿaḍudan(as) helper(s)

Verse 52

وَيَوْمَ يَقُولُ نَادُوا۟ شُرَكَآءِىَ ٱلَّذِينَ زَعَمْتُمْ فَدَعَوْهُمْ فَلَمْ يَسْتَجِيبُوا۟ لَهُمْ وَجَعَلْنَا بَيْنَهُم مَّوْبِقًا

Transliteration wayawma yaqūlu nādū shurakāiya alladhīna zaʿamtum fadaʿawhum falam yastajībū lahum wajaʿalnā baynahum mawbiqan

English And [warn of] the Day when He will say, "Call My 'partners' whom you claimed," and they will invoke them, but they will not respond to them. And We will put between them [a valley of] destruction.

  1. وَيَوْمَwayawmaAnd the Day
  2. يَقُولُyaqūluHe will say
  3. نَادُوا۟nādūCall
  4. شُرَكَآءِىَshurakāiyaMy partners
  5. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  6. زَعَمْتُمْzaʿamtumyou claimed
  7. فَدَعَوْهُمْfadaʿawhumthen they will call them
  8. فَلَمْfalambut not
  9. يَسْتَجِيبُوا۟yastajībūthey will respond
  10. لَهُمْlahumto them
  11. وَجَعَلْنَاwajaʿalnāAnd We will make
  12. بَيْنَهُمbaynahumbetween them
  13. مَّوْبِقًۭاmawbiqana barrier

Verse 53

وَرَءَا ٱلْمُجْرِمُونَ ٱلنَّارَ فَظَنُّوٓا۟ أَنَّهُم مُّوَاقِعُوهَا وَلَمْ يَجِدُوا۟ عَنْهَا مَصْرِفًا

Transliteration waraā l-muj'rimūna l-nāra faẓannū annahum muwāqiʿūhā walam yajidū ʿanhā maṣrifan

English And the criminals will see the Fire and will be certain that they are to fall therein. And they will not find from it a way elsewhere.

  1. وَرَءَاwaraāAnd will see
  2. ٱلْمُجْرِمُونَl-muj'rimūnathe criminals
  3. ٱلنَّارَl-nārathe Fire
  4. فَظَنُّوٓا۟faẓannūand they (will be) certain
  5. أَنَّهُمannahumthat they
  6. مُّوَاقِعُوهَاmuwāqiʿūhāare to fall in it
  7. وَلَمْwalamAnd not
  8. يَجِدُوا۟yajidūthey will find
  9. عَنْهَاʿanhāfrom it
  10. مَصْرِفًۭاmaṣrifana way of escape

Verse 54

وَلَقَدْ صَرَّفْنَا فِى هَـٰذَا ٱلْقُرْءَانِ لِلنَّاسِ مِن كُلِّ مَثَلٍ ۚ وَكَانَ ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُ أَكْثَرَ شَىْءٍ جَدَلًا

Transliteration walaqad ṣarrafnā fī hādhā l-qur'āni lilnnāsi min kulli mathalin wakāna l-insānu akthara shayin jadalan

English And We have certainly diversified in this Qur’ān for the people from every [kind of] example; but man has ever been, most of anything, [prone to] dispute.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
  2. صَرَّفْنَاṣarrafnāWe have explained
  3. فِىfīin
  4. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  5. ٱلْقُرْءَانِl-qur'ānithe Quran
  6. لِلنَّاسِlilnnāsifor mankind
  7. مِنminof
  8. كُلِّkullievery
  9. مَثَلٍۢ ۚmathalinexample
  10. وَكَانَwakānaBut is
  11. ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُl-insānuthe man
  12. أَكْثَرَakthara(in) most
  13. شَىْءٍۢshayinthings
  14. جَدَلًۭاjadalanquarrelsome

Verse 55

وَمَا مَنَعَ ٱلنَّاسَ أَن يُؤْمِنُوٓا۟ إِذْ جَآءَهُمُ ٱلْهُدَىٰ وَيَسْتَغْفِرُوا۟ رَبَّهُمْ إِلَّآ أَن تَأْتِيَهُمْ سُنَّةُ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ أَوْ يَأْتِيَهُمُ ٱلْعَذَابُ قُبُلًا

Transliteration wamā manaʿa l-nāsa an yu'minū idh jāahumu l-hudā wayastaghfirū rabbahum illā an tatiyahum sunnatu l-awalīna aw yatiyahumu l-ʿadhābu qubulan

English And nothing has prevented the people from believing when guidance came to them and from asking forgiveness of their Lord except that there [must] befall them the [accustomed] precedent of the former peoples or that the punishment should come [directly] before them.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd nothing
  2. مَنَعَmanaʿaprevents
  3. ٱلنَّاسَl-nāsamen
  4. أَنanthat
  5. يُؤْمِنُوٓا۟yu'minūthey believe
  6. إِذْidhwhen
  7. جَآءَهُمُjāahumuhas come to them
  8. ٱلْهُدَىٰl-hudāthe guidance
  9. وَيَسْتَغْفِرُوا۟wayastaghfirūand they ask forgiveness
  10. رَبَّهُمْrabbahum(of) their Lord
  11. إِلَّآillāexcept
  12. أَنanthat
  13. تَأْتِيَهُمْtatiyahumcomes to them
  14. سُنَّةُsunnatu(the) way
  15. ٱلْأَوَّلِينَl-awalīna(of) the former (people)
  16. أَوْawor
  17. يَأْتِيَهُمُyatiyahumucomes to them
  18. ٱلْعَذَابُl-ʿadhābuthe punishment
  19. قُبُلًۭاqubulanbefore (them)

Verse 56

وَمَا نُرْسِلُ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ إِلَّا مُبَشِّرِينَ وَمُنذِرِينَ ۚ وَيُجَـٰدِلُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ بِٱلْبَـٰطِلِ لِيُدْحِضُوا۟ بِهِ ٱلْحَقَّ ۖ وَٱتَّخَذُوٓا۟ ءَايَـٰتِى وَمَآ أُنذِرُوا۟ هُزُوًا

Transliteration wamā nur'silu l-mur'salīna illā mubashirīna wamundhirīna wayujādilu alladhīna kafarū bil-bāṭili liyud'ḥiḍū bihi l-ḥaqa wa-ittakhadhū āyātī wamā undhirū huzuwan

English And We send not the messengers except as bringers of good tidings and warners. And those who disbelieve dispute by [using] falsehood to [attempt to] invalidate thereby the truth and have taken My verses, and that of which they are warned, in ridicule.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. نُرْسِلُnur'siluWe send
  3. ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَl-mur'salīnathe Messengers
  4. إِلَّاillāexcept
  5. مُبَشِّرِينَmubashirīna(as) bearers of glad tidings
  6. وَمُنذِرِينَ ۚwamundhirīnaand (as) warners
  7. وَيُجَـٰدِلُwayujādiluAnd dispute
  8. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  9. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieve
  10. بِٱلْبَـٰطِلِbil-bāṭiliwith falsehood
  11. لِيُدْحِضُوا۟liyud'ḥiḍūto refute
  12. بِهِbihithereby
  13. ٱلْحَقَّ ۖl-ḥaqathe truth
  14. وَٱتَّخَذُوٓا۟wa-ittakhadhūAnd they take
  15. ءَايَـٰتِىāyātīMy Verses
  16. وَمَآwamāand what
  17. أُنذِرُوا۟undhirūthey are warned
  18. هُزُوًۭاhuzuwan(in) ridicule

Verse 57

وَمَنْ أَظْلَمُ مِمَّن ذُكِّرَ بِـَٔايَـٰتِ رَبِّهِۦ فَأَعْرَضَ عَنْهَا وَنَسِىَ مَا قَدَّمَتْ يَدَاهُ ۚ إِنَّا جَعَلْنَا عَلَىٰ قُلُوبِهِمْ أَكِنَّةً أَن يَفْقَهُوهُ وَفِىٓ ءَاذَانِهِمْ وَقْرًا ۖ وَإِن تَدْعُهُمْ إِلَى ٱلْهُدَىٰ فَلَن يَهْتَدُوٓا۟ إِذًا أَبَدًا

Transliteration waman aẓlamu mimman dhukkira biāyāti rabbihi fa-aʿraḍa ʿanhā wanasiya mā qaddamat yadāhu innā jaʿalnā ʿalā qulūbihim akinnatan an yafqahūhu wafī ādhānihim waqran wa-in tadʿuhum ilā l-hudā falan yahtadū idhan abadan

English And who is more unjust than one who is reminded of the verses of his Lord but turns away from them and forgets what his hands have put forth? Indeed, We have placed over their hearts coverings, lest they understand it, and in their ears deafness. And if you invite them to guidance - they will never be guided, then - ever.

  1. وَمَنْwamanAnd who
  2. أَظْلَمُaẓlamu(is) more wrong
  3. مِمَّنmimmanthan (he) who
  4. ذُكِّرَdhukkirais reminded
  5. بِـَٔايَـٰتِbiāyātiof the Verses
  6. رَبِّهِۦrabbihi(of) his Lord
  7. فَأَعْرَضَfa-aʿraḍabut turns away
  8. عَنْهَاʿanhāfrom them
  9. وَنَسِىَwanasiyaand forgets
  10. مَاmāwhat
  11. قَدَّمَتْqaddamathave sent forth
  12. يَدَاهُ ۚyadāhuhis hands
  13. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  14. جَعَلْنَاjaʿalnā[We] have placed
  15. عَلَىٰʿalāover
  16. قُلُوبِهِمْqulūbihimtheir hearts
  17. أَكِنَّةًakinnatancoverings
  18. أَنanlest
  19. يَفْقَهُوهُyafqahūhuthey understand it
  20. وَفِىٓwafīand in
  21. ءَاذَانِهِمْādhānihimtheir ears
  22. وَقْرًۭا ۖwaqran(is) deafness
  23. وَإِنwa-inAnd if
  24. تَدْعُهُمْtadʿuhumyou call them
  25. إِلَىilāto
  26. ٱلْهُدَىٰl-hudāthe guidance
  27. فَلَنfalanthen never
  28. يَهْتَدُوٓا۟yahtadūthey will be guided
  29. إِذًاidhanthen
  30. أَبَدًۭاabadanever

Verse 58

وَرَبُّكَ ٱلْغَفُورُ ذُو ٱلرَّحْمَةِ ۖ لَوْ يُؤَاخِذُهُم بِمَا كَسَبُوا۟ لَعَجَّلَ لَهُمُ ٱلْعَذَابَ ۚ بَل لَّهُم مَّوْعِدٌ لَّن يَجِدُوا۟ مِن دُونِهِۦ مَوْئِلًا

Transliteration warabbuka l-ghafūru dhū l-raḥmati law yuākhidhuhum bimā kasabū laʿajjala lahumu l-ʿadhāba bal lahum mawʿidun lan yajidū min dūnihi mawilan

English And your Lord is the Forgiving, the possessor of mercy. If He were to impose blame upon them for what they earned, He would have hastened for them the punishment. Rather, for them is an appointment from which they will never find an escape.

  1. وَرَبُّكَwarabbukaAnd your Lord
  2. ٱلْغَفُورُl-ghafūru(is) the Most Forgiving
  3. ذُوdhūOwner
  4. ٱلرَّحْمَةِ ۖl-raḥmati(of) the Mercy
  5. لَوْlawIf
  6. يُؤَاخِذُهُمyuākhidhuhumHe were to seize them
  7. بِمَاbimāfor what
  8. كَسَبُوا۟kasabūthey have earned
  9. لَعَجَّلَlaʿajjalasurely, He (would) have hastened
  10. لَهُمُlahumufor them
  11. ٱلْعَذَابَ ۚl-ʿadhābathe punishment
  12. بَلbalBut
  13. لَّهُمlahumfor them
  14. مَّوْعِدٌۭmawʿidun(is) an appointment
  15. لَّنlannever
  16. يَجِدُوا۟yajidūthey will find
  17. مِنminother than it
  18. دُونِهِۦdūnihiother than it
  19. مَوْئِلًۭاmawilanan escape

Verse 59

وَتِلْكَ ٱلْقُرَىٰٓ أَهْلَكْنَـٰهُمْ لَمَّا ظَلَمُوا۟ وَجَعَلْنَا لِمَهْلِكِهِم مَّوْعِدًا

Transliteration watil'ka l-qurā ahlaknāhum lammā ẓalamū wajaʿalnā limahlikihim mawʿidan

English And those cities - We destroyed them when they wronged, and We made for their destruction an appointed time.

  1. وَتِلْكَwatil'kaAnd these
  2. ٱلْقُرَىٰٓl-qurā[the] towns
  3. أَهْلَكْنَـٰهُمْahlaknāhumWe destroyed them
  4. لَمَّاlammāwhen
  5. ظَلَمُوا۟ẓalamūthey wronged
  6. وَجَعَلْنَاwajaʿalnāand We made
  7. لِمَهْلِكِهِمlimahlikihimfor their destruction
  8. مَّوْعِدًۭاmawʿidanan appointed time

Verse 60

وَإِذْ قَالَ مُوسَىٰ لِفَتَىٰهُ لَآ أَبْرَحُ حَتَّىٰٓ أَبْلُغَ مَجْمَعَ ٱلْبَحْرَيْنِ أَوْ أَمْضِىَ حُقُبًا

Transliteration wa-idh qāla mūsā lifatāhu lā abraḥu ḥattā ablugha majmaʿa l-baḥrayni aw amḍiya ḥuquban

English And [mention] when Moses said to his boy [i.e., servant], "I will not cease [traveling] until I reach the junction of the two seas or continue for a long period."

  1. وَإِذْwa-idhAnd when
  2. قَالَqālasaid
  3. مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa
  4. لِفَتَىٰهُlifatāhuto his boy
  5. لَآlāNot
  6. أَبْرَحُabraḥuI will cease
  7. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāuntil
  8. أَبْلُغَablughaI reach
  9. مَجْمَعَmajmaʿathe junction
  10. ٱلْبَحْرَيْنِl-baḥrayni(of) the two seas
  11. أَوْawor
  12. أَمْضِىَamḍiyaI continue
  13. حُقُبًۭاḥuquban(for) a long period

Verse 61

فَلَمَّا بَلَغَا مَجْمَعَ بَيْنِهِمَا نَسِيَا حُوتَهُمَا فَٱتَّخَذَ سَبِيلَهُۥ فِى ٱلْبَحْرِ سَرَبًا

Transliteration falammā balaghā majmaʿa baynihimā nasiyā ḥūtahumā fa-ittakhadha sabīlahu fī l-baḥri saraban

English But when they reached the junction between them, they forgot their fish, and it took its course into the sea, slipping away.

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāBut when
  2. بَلَغَاbalaghāthey reached
  3. مَجْمَعَmajmaʿathe junction
  4. بَيْنِهِمَاbaynihimābetween them
  5. نَسِيَاnasiyāthey forgot
  6. حُوتَهُمَاḥūtahumātheir fish
  7. فَٱتَّخَذَfa-ittakhadhaand it took
  8. سَبِيلَهُۥsabīlahuits way
  9. فِىfīinto
  10. ٱلْبَحْرِl-baḥrithe sea
  11. سَرَبًۭاsarabanslipping away

Verse 62

فَلَمَّا جَاوَزَا قَالَ لِفَتَىٰهُ ءَاتِنَا غَدَآءَنَا لَقَدْ لَقِينَا مِن سَفَرِنَا هَـٰذَا نَصَبًا

Transliteration falammā jāwazā qāla lifatāhu ātinā ghadāanā laqad laqīnā min safarinā hādhā naṣaban

English So when they had passed beyond it, [Moses] said to his boy, "Bring us our morning meal. We have certainly suffered in this, our journey, [much] fatigue."

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāThen when
  2. جَاوَزَاjāwazāthey had passed beyond
  3. قَالَqālahe said
  4. لِفَتَىٰهُlifatāhuto his boy
  5. ءَاتِنَاātināBring us
  6. غَدَآءَنَاghadāanāour morning meal
  7. لَقَدْlaqadCertainly
  8. لَقِينَاlaqīnāwe have suffered
  9. مِنminin
  10. سَفَرِنَاsafarināour journey
  11. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  12. نَصَبًۭاnaṣabanfatigue

Verse 63

قَالَ أَرَءَيْتَ إِذْ أَوَيْنَآ إِلَى ٱلصَّخْرَةِ فَإِنِّى نَسِيتُ ٱلْحُوتَ وَمَآ أَنسَىٰنِيهُ إِلَّا ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُ أَنْ أَذْكُرَهُۥ ۚ وَٱتَّخَذَ سَبِيلَهُۥ فِى ٱلْبَحْرِ عَجَبًا

Transliteration qāla ara-ayta idh awaynā ilā l-ṣakhrati fa-innī nasītu l-ḥūta wamā ansānīhu illā l-shayṭānu an adhkurahu wa-ittakhadha sabīlahu fī l-baḥri ʿajaban

English He said, "Did you see when we retired to the rock? Indeed, I forgot [there] the fish. And none made me forget it except Satan - that I should mention it. And it took its course into the sea amazingly."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. أَرَءَيْتَara-aytaDid you see
  3. إِذْidhwhen
  4. أَوَيْنَآawaynāwe retired
  5. إِلَىilāto
  6. ٱلصَّخْرَةِl-ṣakhratithe rock
  7. فَإِنِّىfa-innīThen indeed, I
  8. نَسِيتُnasītu[I] forgot
  9. ٱلْحُوتَl-ḥūtathe fish
  10. وَمَآwamāAnd not
  11. أَنسَىٰنِيهُansānīhumade me forget it
  12. إِلَّاillāexcept
  13. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُl-shayṭānuthe Shaitaan
  14. أَنْanthat
  15. أَذْكُرَهُۥ ۚadhkurahuI mention it
  16. وَٱتَّخَذَwa-ittakhadhaAnd it took
  17. سَبِيلَهُۥsabīlahuits way
  18. فِىfīinto
  19. ٱلْبَحْرِl-baḥrithe sea
  20. عَجَبًۭاʿajabanamazingly

Verse 64

قَالَ ذَٰلِكَ مَا كُنَّا نَبْغِ ۚ فَٱرْتَدَّا عَلَىٰٓ ءَاثَارِهِمَا قَصَصًا

Transliteration qāla dhālika mā kunnā nabghi fa-ir'taddā ʿalā āthārihimā qaṣaṣan

English [Moses] said, "That is what we were seeking." So they returned, following their footprints.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  3. مَاmā(is) what
  4. كُنَّاkunnāwe were
  5. نَبْغِ ۚnabghiseeking
  6. فَٱرْتَدَّاfa-ir'taddāSo they returned
  7. عَلَىٰٓʿalāon
  8. ءَاثَارِهِمَاāthārihimātheir footprints
  9. قَصَصًۭاqaṣaṣanretracing

Verse 65

فَوَجَدَا عَبْدًا مِّنْ عِبَادِنَآ ءَاتَيْنَـٰهُ رَحْمَةً مِّنْ عِندِنَا وَعَلَّمْنَـٰهُ مِن لَّدُنَّا عِلْمًا

Transliteration fawajadā ʿabdan min ʿibādinā ātaynāhu raḥmatan min ʿindinā waʿallamnāhu min ladunnā ʿil'man

English And they found a servant from among Our servants [i.e., al-Khiḍr] to whom We had given mercy from Us and had taught him from Us a [certain] knowledge.

  1. فَوَجَدَاfawajadāThen they found
  2. عَبْدًۭاʿabdana servant
  3. مِّنْminfrom
  4. عِبَادِنَآʿibādināOur servants
  5. ءَاتَيْنَـٰهُātaynāhuwhom We had given
  6. رَحْمَةًۭraḥmatanmercy
  7. مِّنْminfrom
  8. عِندِنَاʿindināUs
  9. وَعَلَّمْنَـٰهُwaʿallamnāhuand We had taught him
  10. مِنminfrom
  11. لَّدُنَّاladunnāUs
  12. عِلْمًۭاʿil'mana knowledge

Verse 66

قَالَ لَهُۥ مُوسَىٰ هَلْ أَتَّبِعُكَ عَلَىٰٓ أَن تُعَلِّمَنِ مِمَّا عُلِّمْتَ رُشْدًا

Transliteration qāla lahu mūsā hal attabiʿuka ʿalā an tuʿallimani mimmā ʿullim'ta rush'dan

English Moses said to him, "May I follow you on [the condition] that you teach me from what you have been taught of sound judgement?"

  1. قَالَqālaSaid
  2. لَهُۥlahuto him
  3. مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa
  4. هَلْhalMay
  5. أَتَّبِعُكَattabiʿukaI follow you
  6. عَلَىٰٓʿalāon
  7. أَنanthat
  8. تُعَلِّمَنِtuʿallimaniyou teach me
  9. مِمَّاmimmāof what
  10. عُلِّمْتَʿullim'tayou have been taught
  11. رُشْدًۭاrush'dan(of) right guidance

Verse 67

قَالَ إِنَّكَ لَن تَسْتَطِيعَ مَعِىَ صَبْرًا

Transliteration qāla innaka lan tastaṭīʿa maʿiya ṣabran

English He said, "Indeed, with me you will never be able to have patience.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. إِنَّكَinnakaIndeed, you
  3. لَنlannever
  4. تَسْتَطِيعَtastaṭīʿawill be able
  5. مَعِىَmaʿiyawith me
  6. صَبْرًۭاṣabran(to have) patience

Verse 68

وَكَيْفَ تَصْبِرُ عَلَىٰ مَا لَمْ تُحِطْ بِهِۦ خُبْرًا

Transliteration wakayfa taṣbiru ʿalā mā lam tuḥiṭ bihi khub'ran

English And how can you have patience for what you do not encompass in knowledge?"

  1. وَكَيْفَwakayfaAnd how can
  2. تَصْبِرُtaṣbiruyou have patience
  3. عَلَىٰʿalāfor
  4. مَاmāwhat
  5. لَمْlamnot
  6. تُحِطْtuḥiṭyou encompass
  7. بِهِۦbihiof it
  8. خُبْرًۭاkhub'ranany knowledge

Verse 69

قَالَ سَتَجِدُنِىٓ إِن شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ صَابِرًا وَلَآ أَعْصِى لَكَ أَمْرًا

Transliteration qāla satajidunī in shāa l-lahu ṣābiran walā aʿṣī laka amran

English [Moses] said, "You will find me, if Allāh wills, patient, and I will not disobey you in [any] order."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. سَتَجِدُنِىٓsatajidunīYou will find me
  3. إِنinif
  4. شَآءَshāaAllah wills
  5. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah wills
  6. صَابِرًۭاṣābiranpatient
  7. وَلَآwalāand not
  8. أَعْصِىaʿṣīI will disobey
  9. لَكَlakayour
  10. أَمْرًۭاamranorder

Verse 70

قَالَ فَإِنِ ٱتَّبَعْتَنِى فَلَا تَسْـَٔلْنِى عَن شَىْءٍ حَتَّىٰٓ أُحْدِثَ لَكَ مِنْهُ ذِكْرًا

Transliteration qāla fa-ini ittabaʿtanī falā tasalnī ʿan shayin ḥattā uḥ'ditha laka min'hu dhik'ran

English He said, "Then if you follow me, do not ask me about anything until I make to you about it mention [i.e., explanation]."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. فَإِنِfa-iniThen if
  3. ٱتَّبَعْتَنِىittabaʿtanīyou follow me
  4. فَلَاfalā(do) not
  5. تَسْـَٔلْنِىtasalnīask me
  6. عَنʿanabout
  7. شَىْءٍshayinanything
  8. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāuntil
  9. أُحْدِثَuḥ'dithaI present
  10. لَكَlakato you
  11. مِنْهُmin'huof it
  12. ذِكْرًۭاdhik'rana mention

Verse 71

فَٱنطَلَقَا حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا رَكِبَا فِى ٱلسَّفِينَةِ خَرَقَهَا ۖ قَالَ أَخَرَقْتَهَا لِتُغْرِقَ أَهْلَهَا لَقَدْ جِئْتَ شَيْـًٔا إِمْرًا

Transliteration fa-inṭalaqā ḥattā idhā rakibā fī l-safīnati kharaqahā qāla akharaqtahā litugh'riqa ahlahā laqad ji'ta shayan im'ran

English So they set out, until when they had embarked on the ship, he [i.e., al-Khiḍr] tore it open. [Moses] said, "Have you torn it open to drown its people? You have certainly done a grave thing."

  1. فَٱنطَلَقَاfa-inṭalaqāSo they both set out
  2. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāuntil
  3. إِذَاidhāwhen
  4. رَكِبَاrakibāthey had embarked
  5. فِىfīon
  6. ٱلسَّفِينَةِl-safīnatithe ship
  7. خَرَقَهَا ۖkharaqahāhe made a hole in it
  8. قَالَqālaHe said
  9. أَخَرَقْتَهَاakharaqtahāHave you made a hole in it
  10. لِتُغْرِقَlitugh'riqato drown
  11. أَهْلَهَاahlahāits people
  12. لَقَدْlaqadCertainly
  13. جِئْتَji'tayou have done
  14. شَيْـًٔاshayana thing
  15. إِمْرًۭاim'rangrave

Verse 72

قَالَ أَلَمْ أَقُلْ إِنَّكَ لَن تَسْتَطِيعَ مَعِىَ صَبْرًا

Transliteration qāla alam aqul innaka lan tastaṭīʿa maʿiya ṣabran

English [Al-Khiḍr] said, "Did I not say that with me you would never be able to have patience?"

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. أَلَمْalamDid not
  3. أَقُلْaqulI say
  4. إِنَّكَinnakaindeed, you
  5. لَنlannever
  6. تَسْتَطِيعَtastaṭīʿawill be able
  7. مَعِىَmaʿiyawith me
  8. صَبْرًۭاṣabran(to have) patience

Verse 73

قَالَ لَا تُؤَاخِذْنِى بِمَا نَسِيتُ وَلَا تُرْهِقْنِى مِنْ أَمْرِى عُسْرًا

Transliteration qāla lā tuākhidh'nī bimā nasītu walā tur'hiq'nī min amrī ʿus'ran

English [Moses] said, "Do not blame me for what I forgot and do not overwhelm me in my matter with difficulty."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. لَاlā(Do) not
  3. تُؤَاخِذْنِىtuākhidh'nīblame me
  4. بِمَاbimāfor what
  5. نَسِيتُnasītuI forgot
  6. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  7. تُرْهِقْنِىtur'hiq'nībe hard (upon) me
  8. مِنْminin
  9. أَمْرِىamrīmy affair
  10. عُسْرًۭاʿus'ran(raising) difficulty

Verse 74

فَٱنطَلَقَا حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا لَقِيَا غُلَـٰمًا فَقَتَلَهُۥ قَالَ أَقَتَلْتَ نَفْسًا زَكِيَّةًۢ بِغَيْرِ نَفْسٍ لَّقَدْ جِئْتَ شَيْـًٔا نُّكْرًا

Transliteration fa-inṭalaqā ḥattā idhā laqiyā ghulāman faqatalahu qāla aqatalta nafsan zakiyyatan bighayri nafsin laqad ji'ta shayan nuk'ran

English So they set out, until when they met a boy, he [i.e., al-Khiḍr] killed him. [Moses] said, "Have you killed a pure soul for other than [having killed] a soul? You have certainly done a deplorable thing."

  1. فَٱنطَلَقَاfa-inṭalaqāThen they both set out
  2. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāuntil
  3. إِذَاidhāwhen
  4. لَقِيَاlaqiyāthey met
  5. غُلَـٰمًۭاghulāmana boy
  6. فَقَتَلَهُۥfaqatalahuthen he killed him
  7. قَالَqālaHe said
  8. أَقَتَلْتَaqataltaHave you killed
  9. نَفْسًۭاnafsana soul
  10. زَكِيَّةًۢzakiyyatanpure
  11. بِغَيْرِbighayrifor other than
  12. نَفْسٍۢnafsina soul
  13. لَّقَدْlaqadCertainly
  14. جِئْتَji'tayou have done
  15. شَيْـًۭٔاshayana thing
  16. نُّكْرًۭاnuk'ranevil

Learn it in MyDugsi

Juz boundaries and word by word: Quran.com. English translation: Saheeh International. Recitation: Mishary Alafasy, from EveryAyah.com. MyDugsi is a learning aid, not a replacement for a qualified teacher.